This reference provides descriptions of the AWS Application Cost Profiler API.
The AWS Application Cost Profiler API provides programmatic access to view, create, update, and delete application cost report definitions, as well as to import your usage data into the Application Cost Profiler service.
For more information about using this service, see the AWS Application Cost Profiler User Guide.
", + "operations": { + "DeleteReportDefinition": "Deletes the specified report definition in AWS Application Cost Profiler. This stops the report from being generated.
", + "GetReportDefinition": "Retrieves the definition of a report already configured in AWS Application Cost Profiler.
", + "ImportApplicationUsage": "Ingests application usage data from Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3).
The data must already exist in the S3 location. As part of the action, AWS Application Cost Profiler copies the object from your S3 bucket to an S3 bucket owned by Amazon for processing asynchronously.
", + "ListReportDefinitions": "Retrieves a list of all reports and their configurations for your AWS account.
The maximum number of reports is one.
", + "PutReportDefinition": "Creates the report definition for a report in Application Cost Profiler.
", + "UpdateReportDefinition": "Updates existing report in AWS Application Cost Profiler.
" + }, + "shapes": { + "AccessDeniedException": { + "base": "You do not have permission to perform this action.
", + "refs": { + } + }, + "DeleteReportDefinitionRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "DeleteReportDefinitionResult": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "ErrorMessage": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "AccessDeniedException$message": null, + "InternalServerException$message": null, + "ServiceQuotaExceededException$message": null, + "ThrottlingException$message": null, + "ValidationException$message": null + } + }, + "Format": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "GetReportDefinitionResult$format": "Format of the generated report.
", + "PutReportDefinitionRequest$format": "Required. The format to use for the generated report.
", + "ReportDefinition$format": "The format used for the generated reports.
", + "UpdateReportDefinitionRequest$format": "Required. The format to use for the generated report.
" + } + }, + "GetReportDefinitionRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "GetReportDefinitionResult": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "ImportApplicationUsageRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "ImportApplicationUsageResult": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "ImportId": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "ImportApplicationUsageResult$importId": "ID of the import request.
" + } + }, + "Integer": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "ListReportDefinitionsRequest$maxResults": "The maximum number of results to return.
" + } + }, + "InternalServerException": { + "base": "An internal server error occurred. Retry your request.
", + "refs": { + } + }, + "ListReportDefinitionsRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "ListReportDefinitionsResult": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "PutReportDefinitionRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "PutReportDefinitionResult": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "ReportDefinition": { + "base": "The configuration of a report in AWS Application Cost Profiler.
", + "refs": { + "ReportDefinitionList$member": null + } + }, + "ReportDefinitionList": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "ListReportDefinitionsResult$reportDefinitions": "The retrieved reports.
" + } + }, + "ReportDescription": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "GetReportDefinitionResult$reportDescription": "Description of the report.
", + "PutReportDefinitionRequest$reportDescription": "Required. Description of the report.
", + "ReportDefinition$reportDescription": "Description of the report
", + "UpdateReportDefinitionRequest$reportDescription": "Required. Description of the report.
" + } + }, + "ReportFrequency": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "GetReportDefinitionResult$reportFrequency": "Cadence used to generate the report.
", + "PutReportDefinitionRequest$reportFrequency": "Required. The cadence to generate the report.
", + "ReportDefinition$reportFrequency": "The cadence at which the report is generated.
", + "UpdateReportDefinitionRequest$reportFrequency": "Required. The cadence to generate the report.
" + } + }, + "ReportId": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "DeleteReportDefinitionRequest$reportId": "Required. ID of the report to delete.
", + "DeleteReportDefinitionResult$reportId": "ID of the report that was deleted.
", + "GetReportDefinitionRequest$reportId": "ID of the report to retrieve.
", + "GetReportDefinitionResult$reportId": "ID of the report retrieved.
", + "PutReportDefinitionRequest$reportId": "Required. ID of the report. You can choose any valid string matching the pattern for the ID.
", + "PutReportDefinitionResult$reportId": "ID of the report.
", + "ReportDefinition$reportId": "The ID of the report.
", + "UpdateReportDefinitionRequest$reportId": "Required. ID of the report to update.
", + "UpdateReportDefinitionResult$reportId": "ID of the report.
" + } + }, + "S3Bucket": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "S3Location$bucket": "Name of the S3 bucket.
", + "SourceS3Location$bucket": "Name of the bucket.
" + } + }, + "S3BucketRegion": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "SourceS3Location$region": "Region of the bucket. Only required for Regions that are disabled by default. For more infomration about Regions that are disabled by default, see Enabling a Region in the AWS General Reference guide.
" + } + }, + "S3Key": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "SourceS3Location$key": "Key of the object.
" + } + }, + "S3Location": { + "base": "Represents the Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) location where AWS Application Cost Profiler reports are generated and then written to.
", + "refs": { + "GetReportDefinitionResult$destinationS3Location": "Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) location where the report is uploaded.
", + "PutReportDefinitionRequest$destinationS3Location": "Required. Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) location where Application Cost Profiler uploads the report.
", + "ReportDefinition$destinationS3Location": "The location in Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) the reports should be saved to.
", + "UpdateReportDefinitionRequest$destinationS3Location": "Required. Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) location where Application Cost Profiler uploads the report.
" + } + }, + "S3Prefix": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "S3Location$prefix": "Prefix for the location to write to.
" + } + }, + "ServiceQuotaExceededException": { + "base": "Your request exceeds one or more of the service quotas.
", + "refs": { + } + }, + "SourceS3Location": { + "base": "Represents the Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) location where usage data is read from.
", + "refs": { + "ImportApplicationUsageRequest$sourceS3Location": "Amazon S3 location to import application usage data from.
" + } + }, + "ThrottlingException": { + "base": "The calls to AWS Application Cost Profiler API are throttled. The request was denied.
", + "refs": { + } + }, + "Timestamp": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "GetReportDefinitionResult$createdAt": "Timestamp (milliseconds) when this report definition was created.
", + "GetReportDefinitionResult$lastUpdated": "Timestamp (milliseconds) when this report definition was last updated.
", + "ReportDefinition$createdAt": "Timestamp (milliseconds) when this report definition was created.
", + "ReportDefinition$lastUpdatedAt": "Timestamp (milliseconds) when this report definition was last updated.
" + } + }, + "Token": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "ListReportDefinitionsRequest$nextToken": "The token value from a previous call to access the next page of results.
", + "ListReportDefinitionsResult$nextToken": "The value of the next token, if it exists. Null if there are no more results.
" + } + }, + "UpdateReportDefinitionRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "UpdateReportDefinitionResult": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "ValidationException": { + "base": "The input fails to satisfy the constraints for the API.
", + "refs": { + } + } + } +} diff --git a/models/apis/applicationcostprofiler/2020-09-10/examples-1.json b/models/apis/applicationcostprofiler/2020-09-10/examples-1.json new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0ea7e3b0bbe --- /dev/null +++ b/models/apis/applicationcostprofiler/2020-09-10/examples-1.json @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +{ + "version": "1.0", + "examples": { + } +} diff --git a/models/apis/applicationcostprofiler/2020-09-10/paginators-1.json b/models/apis/applicationcostprofiler/2020-09-10/paginators-1.json new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..adffd06f188 --- /dev/null +++ b/models/apis/applicationcostprofiler/2020-09-10/paginators-1.json @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +{ + "pagination": { + "ListReportDefinitions": { + "input_token": "nextToken", + "output_token": "nextToken", + "limit_key": "maxResults", + "result_key": "reportDefinitions" + } + } +} diff --git a/models/apis/elasticache/2015-02-02/docs-2.json b/models/apis/elasticache/2015-02-02/docs-2.json index 56d433d844c..6e5f636bd69 100644 --- a/models/apis/elasticache/2015-02-02/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/elasticache/2015-02-02/docs-2.json @@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ "Authentication$PasswordCount": "The number of passwords belonging to the user. The maximum is two.
", "CacheCluster$NumCacheNodes": "The number of cache nodes in the cluster.
For clusters running Redis, this value must be 1. For clusters running Memcached, this value must be between 1 and 40.
", "CacheCluster$SnapshotRetentionLimit": "The number of days for which ElastiCache retains automatic cluster snapshots before deleting them. For example, if you set SnapshotRetentionLimit to 5, a snapshot that was taken today is retained for 5 days before being deleted.
If the value of SnapshotRetentionLimit is set to zero (0), backups are turned off.
The initial number of cache nodes that the cluster has.
For clusters running Redis, this value must be 1. For clusters running Memcached, this value must be between 1 and 40.
If you need more than 20 nodes for your Memcached cluster, please fill out the ElastiCache Limit Increase Request form at http://aws.amazon.com/contact-us/elasticache-node-limit-request/.
", + "CreateCacheClusterMessage$NumCacheNodes": "The initial number of cache nodes that the cluster has.
For clusters running Redis, this value must be 1. For clusters running Memcached, this value must be between 1 and 40.
If you need more than 40 nodes for your Memcached cluster, please fill out the ElastiCache Limit Increase Request form at http://aws.amazon.com/contact-us/elasticache-node-limit-request/.
", "CreateCacheClusterMessage$Port": "The port number on which each of the cache nodes accepts connections.
", "CreateCacheClusterMessage$SnapshotRetentionLimit": "The number of days for which ElastiCache retains automatic snapshots before deleting them. For example, if you set SnapshotRetentionLimit to 5, a snapshot taken today is retained for 5 days before being deleted.
This parameter is only valid if the Engine parameter is redis.
Default: 0 (i.e., automatic backups are disabled for this cache cluster).
", "CreateReplicationGroupMessage$NumCacheClusters": "The number of clusters this replication group initially has.
This parameter is not used if there is more than one node group (shard). You should use ReplicasPerNodeGroup instead.
If AutomaticFailoverEnabled is true, the value of this parameter must be at least 2. If AutomaticFailoverEnabled is false you can omit this parameter (it will default to 1), or you can explicitly set it to a value between 2 and 6.
The maximum permitted value for NumCacheClusters is 6 (1 primary plus 5 replicas).
A list of user group IDs.
", - "ModifyReplicationGroupMessage$UserGroupIdsToRemove": "A list of users groups to remove, meaning the users in the group no longer can access thereplication group.
", + "ModifyReplicationGroupMessage$UserGroupIdsToAdd": "The user group you are associating with the replication group.
", + "ModifyReplicationGroupMessage$UserGroupIdsToRemove": "The user group to remove, meaning the users in the group no longer can access the replication group.
", "ReplicationGroup$UserGroupIds": "The list of user group IDs that have access to the replication group.
", "User$UserGroupIds": "Returns a list of the user group IDs the user belongs to.
", "UserGroupsUpdateStatus$UserGroupIdsToAdd": "The list of user group IDs to add.
", @@ -2601,7 +2601,7 @@ "UserGroupIdListInput": { "base": null, "refs": { - "CreateReplicationGroupMessage$UserGroupIds": "The list of user groups to associate with the replication group.
" + "CreateReplicationGroupMessage$UserGroupIds": "The user group to associate with the replication group.
" } }, "UserGroupList": { diff --git a/models/apis/iotdeviceadvisor/2020-09-18/api-2.json b/models/apis/iotdeviceadvisor/2020-09-18/api-2.json index 7f9b0f82348..48ec0bb7034 100644 --- a/models/apis/iotdeviceadvisor/2020-09-18/api-2.json +++ b/models/apis/iotdeviceadvisor/2020-09-18/api-2.json @@ -121,18 +121,6 @@ {"shape":"ResourceNotFoundException"} ] }, - "ListTestCases":{ - "name":"ListTestCases", - "http":{ - "method":"GET", - "requestUri":"/testCases" - }, - "input":{"shape":"ListTestCasesRequest"}, - "output":{"shape":"ListTestCasesResponse"}, - "errors":[ - {"shape":"InternalServerException"} - ] - }, "StartSuiteRun":{ "name":"StartSuiteRun", "http":{ @@ -147,6 +135,20 @@ {"shape":"ConflictException"} ] }, + "StopSuiteRun":{ + "name":"StopSuiteRun", + "http":{ + "method":"POST", + "requestUri":"/suiteDefinitions/{suiteDefinitionId}/suiteRuns/{suiteRunId}/stop" + }, + "input":{"shape":"StopSuiteRunRequest"}, + "output":{"shape":"StopSuiteRunResponse"}, + "errors":[ + {"shape":"ValidationException"}, + {"shape":"ResourceNotFoundException"}, + {"shape":"InternalServerException"} + ] + }, "TagResource":{ "name":"TagResource", "http":{ @@ -195,8 +197,6 @@ "max":2048, "min":20 }, - "CategoryName":{"type":"string"}, - "ConfigString":{"type":"string"}, "ConflictException":{ "type":"structure", "members":{ @@ -435,35 +435,6 @@ "tags":{"shape":"TagMap"} } }, - "ListTestCasesRequest":{ - "type":"structure", - "members":{ - "intendedForQualification":{ - "shape":"IntendedForQualificationBoolean", - "location":"querystring", - "locationName":"intendedForQualification" - }, - "maxResults":{ - "shape":"MaxResults", - "location":"querystring", - "locationName":"maxResults" - }, - "nextToken":{ - "shape":"Token", - "location":"querystring", - "locationName":"nextToken" - } - } - }, - "ListTestCasesResponse":{ - "type":"structure", - "members":{ - "categories":{"shape":"TestCategory"}, - "rootGroupConfiguration":{"shape":"TestConfiguration"}, - "groupConfiguration":{"shape":"TestConfiguration"}, - "nextToken":{"shape":"Token"} - } - }, "LogUrl":{"type":"string"}, "MaxResults":{ "type":"integer", @@ -525,10 +496,36 @@ "CANCELED", "PENDING", "RUNNING", + "STOPPING", + "STOPPED", "PASS_WITH_WARNINGS", "ERROR" ] }, + "StopSuiteRunRequest":{ + "type":"structure", + "required":[ + "suiteDefinitionId", + "suiteRunId" + ], + "members":{ + "suiteDefinitionId":{ + "shape":"UUID", + "location":"uri", + "locationName":"suiteDefinitionId" + }, + "suiteRunId":{ + "shape":"UUID", + "location":"uri", + "locationName":"suiteRunId" + } + } + }, + "StopSuiteRunResponse":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + } + }, "String128":{ "type":"string", "max":128, @@ -577,7 +574,6 @@ "type":"structure", "members":{ "primaryDevice":{"shape":"DeviceUnderTest"}, - "secondaryDevice":{"shape":"DeviceUnderTest"}, "selectedTestList":{"shape":"SelectedTestList"} } }, @@ -609,6 +605,8 @@ "CANCELED", "PENDING", "RUNNING", + "STOPPING", + "STOPPED", "PASS_WITH_WARNINGS", "ERROR" ] @@ -650,34 +648,7 @@ "members":{ } }, - "TestCase":{ - "type":"structure", - "members":{ - "name":{"shape":"TestCaseName"}, - "configuration":{"shape":"TestConfiguration"}, - "test":{"shape":"TestCaseDefinition"} - } - }, - "TestCaseCategory":{ - "type":"structure", - "members":{ - "name":{"shape":"CategoryName"}, - "tests":{"shape":"TestCaseList"} - } - }, - "TestCaseDefinition":{ - "type":"structure", - "members":{ - "id":{"shape":"TestCaseName"}, - "testCaseVersion":{"shape":"TestCaseVersion"} - } - }, "TestCaseDefinitionName":{"type":"string"}, - "TestCaseList":{ - "type":"list", - "member":{"shape":"TestCase"} - }, - "TestCaseName":{"type":"string"}, "TestCaseRun":{ "type":"structure", "members":{ @@ -696,16 +667,6 @@ "type":"list", "member":{"shape":"TestCaseRun"} }, - "TestCaseVersion":{"type":"string"}, - "TestCategory":{ - "type":"list", - "member":{"shape":"TestCaseCategory"} - }, - "TestConfiguration":{ - "type":"map", - "key":{"shape":"ConfigString"}, - "value":{"shape":"ConfigString"} - }, "TestResult":{ "type":"structure", "members":{ @@ -720,7 +681,7 @@ "UUID":{ "type":"string", "max":36, - "min":36 + "min":12 }, "UntagResourceRequest":{ "type":"structure", diff --git a/models/apis/iotdeviceadvisor/2020-09-18/docs-2.json b/models/apis/iotdeviceadvisor/2020-09-18/docs-2.json index 0028e358217..c660f62f90f 100644 --- a/models/apis/iotdeviceadvisor/2020-09-18/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/iotdeviceadvisor/2020-09-18/docs-2.json @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ "ListSuiteDefinitions": "Lists the Device Advisor test suites you have created.
", "ListSuiteRuns": "Lists the runs of the specified Device Advisor test suite. You can list all runs of the test suite, or the runs of a specific version of the test suite.
", "ListTagsForResource": "Lists the tags attached to an IoT Device Advisor resource.
", - "ListTestCases": "Lists all the test cases in the test suite.
", "StartSuiteRun": "Starts a Device Advisor test suite run.
", + "StopSuiteRun": "Stops a Device Advisor test suite run that is currently running.
", "TagResource": "Adds to and modifies existing tags of an IoT Device Advisor resource.
", "UntagResource": "Removes tags from an IoT Device Advisor resource.
", "UpdateSuiteDefinition": "Updates a Device Advisor test suite.
" @@ -26,24 +26,11 @@ "GetSuiteDefinitionResponse$suiteDefinitionArn": "The ARN of the suite definition.
", "GetSuiteRunResponse$suiteRunArn": "The ARN of the suite run.
", "ListTagsForResourceRequest$resourceArn": "The ARN of the IoT Device Advisor resource.
", - "StartSuiteRunResponse$suiteRunArn": "Starts a Device Advisor test suite run based on suite run arn.
", + "StartSuiteRunResponse$suiteRunArn": "Amazon resource name of the started suite run.
", "SuiteDefinitionConfiguration$devicePermissionRoleArn": "Gets device permission arn.
", "TagResourceRequest$resourceArn": "The resource ARN of an IoT Device Advisor resource.
", "UntagResourceRequest$resourceArn": "The resource ARN of an IoT Device Advisor resource.
", - "UpdateSuiteDefinitionResponse$suiteDefinitionArn": "Updates a Device Advisor test suite with Amazon Resource name.
" - } - }, - "CategoryName": { - "base": null, - "refs": { - "TestCaseCategory$name": "Lists all the tests name in the specified category.
" - } - }, - "ConfigString": { - "base": null, - "refs": { - "TestConfiguration$key": null, - "TestConfiguration$value": null + "UpdateSuiteDefinitionResponse$suiteDefinitionArn": "Amazon Resource name of the updated test suite.
" } }, "ConflictException": { @@ -75,21 +62,20 @@ "base": "Lists all the devices under test
", "refs": { "DeviceUnderTestList$member": null, - "SuiteRunConfiguration$primaryDevice": "Gets the primary device for suite run.
", - "SuiteRunConfiguration$secondaryDevice": "Gets the secondary device for suite run.
" + "SuiteRunConfiguration$primaryDevice": "Gets the primary device for suite run.
" } }, "DeviceUnderTestList": { "base": null, "refs": { "SuiteDefinitionConfiguration$devices": "Gets the devices configured.
", - "SuiteDefinitionInformation$defaultDevices": "Specifies the devices under test.
" + "SuiteDefinitionInformation$defaultDevices": "Specifies the devices under test for the test suite.
" } }, "ErrorReason": { "base": null, "refs": { - "GetSuiteRunResponse$errorReason": "Gets the information about Device Advisor test suite run based on error.
" + "GetSuiteRunResponse$errorReason": "Error reason for any test suite run failure.
" } }, "Failure": { @@ -131,7 +117,7 @@ "GroupName": { "base": null, "refs": { - "GroupResult$groupName": "Show Group Result Name.
" + "GroupResult$groupName": "Group Result Name.
" } }, "GroupResult": { @@ -141,7 +127,7 @@ } }, "GroupResultList": { - "base": "how Group Result list.
", + "base": "Group Result list.
", "refs": { "TestResult$groups": "Show each group of test results.
" } @@ -149,9 +135,8 @@ "IntendedForQualificationBoolean": { "base": null, "refs": { - "ListTestCasesRequest$intendedForQualification": "Lists all the qualification test cases in the test suite.
", "SuiteDefinitionConfiguration$intendedForQualification": "Gets the tests intended for qualification in a suite.
", - "SuiteDefinitionInformation$intendedForQualification": "Gets the test suites which will be used for qualification.
" + "SuiteDefinitionInformation$intendedForQualification": "Specifies if the test suite is intended for qualification.
" } }, "InternalServerException": { @@ -189,16 +174,6 @@ "refs": { } }, - "ListTestCasesRequest": { - "base": null, - "refs": { - } - }, - "ListTestCasesResponse": { - "base": null, - "refs": { - } - }, "LogUrl": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -208,9 +183,8 @@ "MaxResults": { "base": null, "refs": { - "ListSuiteDefinitionsRequest$maxResults": "Request the list of all the Device Advisor test suites.
", - "ListSuiteRunsRequest$maxResults": "MaxResults for list suite run API request.
", - "ListTestCasesRequest$maxResults": "Requests the test cases max results.
" + "ListSuiteDefinitionsRequest$maxResults": "The maximum number of results to return at once.
", + "ListSuiteRunsRequest$maxResults": "The maximum number of results to return at once.
" } }, "Message": { @@ -225,7 +199,7 @@ "QualificationReportDownloadUrl": { "base": null, "refs": { - "GetSuiteRunReportResponse$qualificationReportDownloadUrl": "Gets the download URL of the qualification report.
" + "GetSuiteRunReportResponse$qualificationReportDownloadUrl": "Download URL of the qualification report.
" } }, "ResourceNotFoundException": { @@ -261,6 +235,16 @@ "TestCaseRun$status": "Provides test case run status.
" } }, + "StopSuiteRunRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "StopSuiteRunResponse": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, "String128": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -278,12 +262,12 @@ "base": "Gets Suite Definition Configuration.
", "refs": { "CreateSuiteDefinitionRequest$suiteDefinitionConfiguration": "Creates a Device Advisor test suite with suite definition configuration.
", - "GetSuiteDefinitionResponse$suiteDefinitionConfiguration": "Gets the suite configuration with GetSuiteDefinition API call.
", + "GetSuiteDefinitionResponse$suiteDefinitionConfiguration": "Suite configuration of the suite definition.
", "UpdateSuiteDefinitionRequest$suiteDefinitionConfiguration": "Updates a Device Advisor test suite with suite definition configuration.
" } }, "SuiteDefinitionInformation": { - "base": "Get suite definition information.
", + "base": "Information about the suite definition.
", "refs": { "SuiteDefinitionInformationList$member": null } @@ -291,7 +275,7 @@ "SuiteDefinitionInformationList": { "base": null, "refs": { - "ListSuiteDefinitionsResponse$suiteDefinitionInformationList": "Lists test suite information using List suite definition.
" + "ListSuiteDefinitionsResponse$suiteDefinitionInformationList": "An array of objects that provide summaries of information about the suite definitions in the list.
" } }, "SuiteDefinitionName": { @@ -299,33 +283,33 @@ "refs": { "CreateSuiteDefinitionResponse$suiteDefinitionName": "Creates a Device Advisor test suite with suite definition name.
", "SuiteDefinitionConfiguration$suiteDefinitionName": "Gets Suite Definition Configuration name.
", - "SuiteDefinitionInformation$suiteDefinitionName": "Get test suite name.
", - "SuiteRunInformation$suiteDefinitionName": "Get suite run information based on suite definition name.
", - "UpdateSuiteDefinitionResponse$suiteDefinitionName": "Updates a Device Advisor test suite with suite definition name.
" + "SuiteDefinitionInformation$suiteDefinitionName": "Suite name of the test suite.
", + "SuiteRunInformation$suiteDefinitionName": "Suite definition name of the suite run.
", + "UpdateSuiteDefinitionResponse$suiteDefinitionName": "Suite definition name of the updated test suite.
" } }, "SuiteDefinitionVersion": { "base": null, "refs": { - "GetSuiteDefinitionRequest$suiteDefinitionVersion": "Requests the suite definition version of a test suite.
", - "GetSuiteDefinitionResponse$suiteDefinitionVersion": "Gets suite definition version with GetSuiteDefinition API call.
", - "GetSuiteDefinitionResponse$latestVersion": "Gets latest suite definition version with GetSuiteDefinition API call.
", - "GetSuiteRunResponse$suiteDefinitionVersion": "Gets the information about Device Advisor test suite run based on suite definition version.
", - "ListSuiteRunsRequest$suiteDefinitionVersion": "Lists the runs of the specified Device Advisor test suite based on suite definition version.
", - "StartSuiteRunRequest$suiteDefinitionVersion": "Request to start suite run based on suite definition version.
", - "SuiteRunInformation$suiteDefinitionVersion": "Get suite run information based on suite definition version.
", - "UpdateSuiteDefinitionResponse$suiteDefinitionVersion": "Updates a Device Advisor test suite with suite definition version.
" + "GetSuiteDefinitionRequest$suiteDefinitionVersion": "Suite definition version of the test suite to get.
", + "GetSuiteDefinitionResponse$suiteDefinitionVersion": "Suite definition version of the suite definition.
", + "GetSuiteDefinitionResponse$latestVersion": "Latest suite definition version of the suite definition.
", + "GetSuiteRunResponse$suiteDefinitionVersion": "Suite definition version for the test suite run.
", + "ListSuiteRunsRequest$suiteDefinitionVersion": "Must be passed along with suiteDefinitionId. Lists the test suite runs of the specified test suite based on suite definition version.
", + "StartSuiteRunRequest$suiteDefinitionVersion": "Suite definition version of the test suite.
", + "SuiteRunInformation$suiteDefinitionVersion": "Suite definition version of the suite run.
", + "UpdateSuiteDefinitionResponse$suiteDefinitionVersion": "Suite definition version of the updated test suite.
" } }, "SuiteRunConfiguration": { "base": "Gets suite run configuration.
", "refs": { - "GetSuiteRunResponse$suiteRunConfiguration": "Gets the information about Device Advisor test suite run based on suite configuration.
", - "StartSuiteRunRequest$suiteRunConfiguration": "Request to start suite run based on suite configuration.
" + "GetSuiteRunResponse$suiteRunConfiguration": "Suite run configuration for the test suite run.
", + "StartSuiteRunRequest$suiteRunConfiguration": "Suite run configuration.
" } }, "SuiteRunInformation": { - "base": "Get suite run information.
", + "base": "Information about the suite run.
", "refs": { "SuiteRunsList$member": null } @@ -333,21 +317,21 @@ "SuiteRunResultCount": { "base": null, "refs": { - "SuiteRunInformation$passed": "Get suite run information based on result of the test suite run.
", - "SuiteRunInformation$failed": "Get suite run information based on result of the test suite run.
" + "SuiteRunInformation$passed": "Number of test cases that passed in the suite run.
", + "SuiteRunInformation$failed": "Number of test cases that failed in the suite run.
" } }, "SuiteRunStatus": { "base": null, "refs": { - "GetSuiteRunResponse$status": "Gets the information about Device Advisor test suite run based on its status.
", - "SuiteRunInformation$status": "Get suite run information based on test run status.
" + "GetSuiteRunResponse$status": "Status for the test suite run.
", + "SuiteRunInformation$status": "Status of the suite run.
" } }, "SuiteRunsList": { "base": null, "refs": { - "ListSuiteRunsResponse$suiteRunsList": "Lists the runs of the specified Device Advisor test suite.
" + "ListSuiteRunsResponse$suiteRunsList": "An array of objects that provide summaries of information about the suite runs in the list.
" } }, "TagKeyList": { @@ -377,43 +361,12 @@ "refs": { } }, - "TestCase": { - "base": "Shows tests in a test group.
", - "refs": { - "TestCaseList$member": null - } - }, - "TestCaseCategory": { - "base": "Gets the test case category.
", - "refs": { - "TestCategory$member": null - } - }, - "TestCaseDefinition": { - "base": "Provides test case definition.
", - "refs": { - "TestCase$test": "Specifies a test.
" - } - }, "TestCaseDefinitionName": { "base": null, "refs": { "TestCaseRun$testCaseDefinitionName": "Provides test case run definition Name.
" } }, - "TestCaseList": { - "base": null, - "refs": { - "TestCaseCategory$tests": "Lists all the tests in the specified category.
" - } - }, - "TestCaseName": { - "base": null, - "refs": { - "TestCase$name": "Shows test case name.
", - "TestCaseDefinition$id": "Provides test case definition Id.
" - } - }, "TestCaseRun": { "base": "Provides test case run.
", "refs": { @@ -421,92 +374,72 @@ } }, "TestCaseRuns": { - "base": "Show each group result.
", - "refs": { - "GroupResult$tests": "Show Group Result.
" - } - }, - "TestCaseVersion": { - "base": null, - "refs": { - "TestCaseDefinition$testCaseVersion": "Provides test case definition version.
" - } - }, - "TestCategory": { - "base": null, - "refs": { - "ListTestCasesResponse$categories": "Gets the category of test case.
" - } - }, - "TestConfiguration": { - "base": null, + "base": "Tests under each group result.
", "refs": { - "ListTestCasesResponse$rootGroupConfiguration": "Gets the configuration of root test group.
", - "ListTestCasesResponse$groupConfiguration": "Gets the configuration of test group.
", - "TestCase$configuration": "Shows test case configuration.
" + "GroupResult$tests": "Tests under Group Result.
" } }, "TestResult": { "base": "Show each group result.
", "refs": { - "GetSuiteRunResponse$testResult": "Gets the information about Device Advisor test suite run based on test case runs.
" + "GetSuiteRunResponse$testResult": "Test results for the test suite run.
" } }, "Timestamp": { "base": null, "refs": { "CreateSuiteDefinitionResponse$createdAt": "Creates a Device Advisor test suite with TimeStamp of when it was created.
", - "GetSuiteDefinitionResponse$createdAt": "Gets the timestamp of the time suite was created with GetSuiteDefinition API call.
", - "GetSuiteDefinitionResponse$lastModifiedAt": "Gets the timestamp of the time suite was modified with GetSuiteDefinition API call.
", - "GetSuiteRunResponse$startTime": "Gets the information about Device Advisor test suite run based on start time.
", - "GetSuiteRunResponse$endTime": "Gets the information about Device Advisor test suite run based on end time.
", - "StartSuiteRunResponse$createdAt": "Starts a Device Advisor test suite run based on suite create time.
", - "SuiteDefinitionInformation$createdAt": "Gets the information of when the test suite was created.
", - "SuiteRunInformation$createdAt": "Get suite run information based on time suite was created.
", - "SuiteRunInformation$startedAt": "Get suite run information based on start time of the run.
", - "SuiteRunInformation$endAt": "Get suite run information based on end time of the run.
", + "GetSuiteDefinitionResponse$createdAt": "Date (in Unix epoch time) when the suite definition was created.
", + "GetSuiteDefinitionResponse$lastModifiedAt": "Date (in Unix epoch time) when the suite definition was last modified.
", + "GetSuiteRunResponse$startTime": "Date (in Unix epoch time) when the test suite run was started.
", + "GetSuiteRunResponse$endTime": "Date (in Unix epoch time) when the test suite run ended.
", + "StartSuiteRunResponse$createdAt": "Date (in Unix epoch time) when the suite run was created.
", + "SuiteDefinitionInformation$createdAt": "Date (in Unix epoch time) when the test suite was created.
", + "SuiteRunInformation$createdAt": "Date (in Unix epoch time) when the suite run was created.
", + "SuiteRunInformation$startedAt": "Date (in Unix epoch time) when the suite run was started.
", + "SuiteRunInformation$endAt": "Date (in Unix epoch time) when the suite run ended.
", "TestCaseRun$startTime": "Provides test case run start time.
", "TestCaseRun$endTime": "Provides test case run end time.
", - "UpdateSuiteDefinitionResponse$createdAt": "Updates a Device Advisor test suite with TimeStamp of when it was created.
", - "UpdateSuiteDefinitionResponse$lastUpdatedAt": "Updates a Device Advisor test suite with TimeStamp of when it was updated.
" + "UpdateSuiteDefinitionResponse$createdAt": "Timestamp of when the test suite was created.
", + "UpdateSuiteDefinitionResponse$lastUpdatedAt": "Timestamp of when the test suite was updated.
" } }, "Token": { "base": null, "refs": { - "ListSuiteDefinitionsRequest$nextToken": "Requests the Device Advisor test suites next token.
", - "ListSuiteDefinitionsResponse$nextToken": "Creates a Device Advisor test suite.
", - "ListSuiteRunsRequest$nextToken": "Next pagination token for list suite run request.
", - "ListSuiteRunsResponse$nextToken": "Next pagination token for list suite run response.
", - "ListTestCasesRequest$nextToken": "Requests the test cases next token.
", - "ListTestCasesResponse$nextToken": "Test cases next token response.
" + "ListSuiteDefinitionsRequest$nextToken": "A token used to get the next set of results.
", + "ListSuiteDefinitionsResponse$nextToken": "A token used to get the next set of results.
", + "ListSuiteRunsRequest$nextToken": "A token to retrieve the next set of results.
", + "ListSuiteRunsResponse$nextToken": "A token to retrieve the next set of results.
" } }, "UUID": { "base": null, "refs": { "CreateSuiteDefinitionResponse$suiteDefinitionId": "Creates a Device Advisor test suite with suite UUID.
", - "DeleteSuiteDefinitionRequest$suiteDefinitionId": "Deletes a Device Advisor test suite with defined suite Id.
", - "GetSuiteDefinitionRequest$suiteDefinitionId": "Requests suite definition Id with GetSuiteDefinition API call.
", - "GetSuiteDefinitionResponse$suiteDefinitionId": "Gets suite definition Id with GetSuiteDefinition API call.
", - "GetSuiteRunReportRequest$suiteDefinitionId": "Device Advisor suite definition Id.
", - "GetSuiteRunReportRequest$suiteRunId": "Device Advisor suite run Id.
", - "GetSuiteRunRequest$suiteDefinitionId": "Requests the information about Device Advisor test suite run based on suite definition Id.
", - "GetSuiteRunRequest$suiteRunId": "Requests the information about Device Advisor test suite run based on suite run Id.
", - "GetSuiteRunResponse$suiteDefinitionId": "Gets the information about Device Advisor test suite run based on suite definition Id.
", - "GetSuiteRunResponse$suiteRunId": "Gets the information about Device Advisor test suite run based on suite run Id.
", - "GroupResult$groupId": "Show Group Result Id.
", - "ListSuiteRunsRequest$suiteDefinitionId": "Lists the runs of the specified Device Advisor test suite based on suite definition Id.
", + "DeleteSuiteDefinitionRequest$suiteDefinitionId": "Suite definition Id of the test suite to be deleted.
", + "GetSuiteDefinitionRequest$suiteDefinitionId": "Suite definition Id of the test suite to get.
", + "GetSuiteDefinitionResponse$suiteDefinitionId": "Suite definition Id of the suite definition.
", + "GetSuiteRunReportRequest$suiteDefinitionId": "Suite definition Id of the test suite.
", + "GetSuiteRunReportRequest$suiteRunId": "Suite run Id of the test suite run.
", + "GetSuiteRunRequest$suiteDefinitionId": "Suite definition Id for the test suite run.
", + "GetSuiteRunRequest$suiteRunId": "Suite run Id for the test suite run.
", + "GetSuiteRunResponse$suiteDefinitionId": "Suite definition Id for the test suite run.
", + "GetSuiteRunResponse$suiteRunId": "Suite run Id for the test suite run.
", + "GroupResult$groupId": "Group result Id.
", + "ListSuiteRunsRequest$suiteDefinitionId": "Lists the test suite runs of the specified test suite based on suite definition Id.
", "SelectedTestList$member": null, - "StartSuiteRunRequest$suiteDefinitionId": "Request to start suite run based on suite definition Id.
", - "StartSuiteRunResponse$suiteRunId": "Starts a Device Advisor test suite run based on suite Run Id.
", - "SuiteDefinitionInformation$suiteDefinitionId": "Get suite definition Id.
", - "SuiteRunInformation$suiteDefinitionId": "Get suite run information based on suite definition Id.
", - "SuiteRunInformation$suiteRunId": "Get suite run information based on suite run Id.
", + "StartSuiteRunRequest$suiteDefinitionId": "Suite definition Id of the test suite.
", + "StartSuiteRunResponse$suiteRunId": "Suite Run Id of the started suite run.
", + "StopSuiteRunRequest$suiteDefinitionId": "Suite definition Id of the test suite run to be stopped.
", + "StopSuiteRunRequest$suiteRunId": "Suite run Id of the test suite run to be stopped.
", + "SuiteDefinitionInformation$suiteDefinitionId": "Suite definition Id of the test suite.
", + "SuiteRunInformation$suiteDefinitionId": "Suite definition Id of the suite run.
", + "SuiteRunInformation$suiteRunId": "Suite run Id of the suite run.
", "TestCaseRun$testCaseRunId": "Provides test case run Id.
", "TestCaseRun$testCaseDefinitionId": "Provides test case run definition Id.
", - "UpdateSuiteDefinitionRequest$suiteDefinitionId": "Updates a Device Advisor test suite with suite definition id.
", - "UpdateSuiteDefinitionResponse$suiteDefinitionId": "Updates a Device Advisor test suite with suite UUID.
" + "UpdateSuiteDefinitionRequest$suiteDefinitionId": "Suite definition Id of the test suite to be updated.
", + "UpdateSuiteDefinitionResponse$suiteDefinitionId": "Suite definition Id of the updated test suite.
" } }, "UntagResourceRequest": { diff --git a/models/apis/iotdeviceadvisor/2020-09-18/paginators-1.json b/models/apis/iotdeviceadvisor/2020-09-18/paginators-1.json index cdc8ace5f78..feea4486f15 100644 --- a/models/apis/iotdeviceadvisor/2020-09-18/paginators-1.json +++ b/models/apis/iotdeviceadvisor/2020-09-18/paginators-1.json @@ -9,11 +9,6 @@ "input_token": "nextToken", "output_token": "nextToken", "limit_key": "maxResults" - }, - "ListTestCases": { - "input_token": "nextToken", - "output_token": "nextToken", - "limit_key": "maxResults" } } } diff --git a/models/apis/mediaconnect/2018-11-14/api-2.json b/models/apis/mediaconnect/2018-11-14/api-2.json index 8867e77a44d..2605bf828d2 100644 --- a/models/apis/mediaconnect/2018-11-14/api-2.json +++ b/models/apis/mediaconnect/2018-11-14/api-2.json @@ -11,6 +11,40 @@ "signatureVersion": "v4" }, "operations": { + "AddFlowMediaStreams": { + "name": "AddFlowMediaStreams", + "http": { + "method": "POST", + "requestUri": "/v1/flows/{flowArn}/mediaStreams", + "responseCode": 201 + }, + "input": { + "shape": "AddFlowMediaStreamsRequest" + }, + "output": { + "shape": "AddFlowMediaStreamsResponse" + }, + "errors": [ + { + "shape": "BadRequestException" + }, + { + "shape": "InternalServerErrorException" + }, + { + "shape": "ForbiddenException" + }, + { + "shape": "NotFoundException" + }, + { + "shape": "ServiceUnavailableException" + }, + { + "shape": "TooManyRequestsException" + } + ] + }, "AddFlowOutputs": { "name": "AddFlowOutputs", "http": { @@ -488,6 +522,40 @@ } ] }, + "RemoveFlowMediaStream": { + "name": "RemoveFlowMediaStream", + "http": { + "method": "DELETE", + "requestUri": "/v1/flows/{flowArn}/mediaStreams/{mediaStreamName}", + "responseCode": 200 + }, + "input": { + "shape": "RemoveFlowMediaStreamRequest" + }, + "output": { + "shape": "RemoveFlowMediaStreamResponse" + }, + "errors": [ + { + "shape": "BadRequestException" + }, + { + "shape": "InternalServerErrorException" + }, + { + "shape": "ForbiddenException" + }, + { + "shape": "NotFoundException" + }, + { + "shape": "ServiceUnavailableException" + }, + { + "shape": "TooManyRequestsException" + } + ] + }, "RemoveFlowOutput": { "name": "RemoveFlowOutput", "http": { @@ -804,6 +872,40 @@ } ] }, + "UpdateFlowMediaStream": { + "name": "UpdateFlowMediaStream", + "http": { + "method": "PUT", + "requestUri": "/v1/flows/{flowArn}/mediaStreams/{mediaStreamName}", + "responseCode": 202 + }, + "input": { + "shape": "UpdateFlowMediaStreamRequest" + }, + "output": { + "shape": "UpdateFlowMediaStreamResponse" + }, + "errors": [ + { + "shape": "BadRequestException" + }, + { + "shape": "InternalServerErrorException" + }, + { + "shape": "ForbiddenException" + }, + { + "shape": "NotFoundException" + }, + { + "shape": "ServiceUnavailableException" + }, + { + "shape": "TooManyRequestsException" + } + ] + }, "UpdateFlowOutput": { "name": "UpdateFlowOutput", "http": { @@ -874,6 +976,38 @@ } }, "shapes": { + "AddFlowMediaStreamsRequest": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "FlowArn": { + "shape": "__string", + "pattern": "^arn:.+:mediaconnect.+:flow:.+$", + "location": "uri", + "locationName": "flowArn" + }, + "MediaStreams": { + "shape": "__listOfAddMediaStreamRequest", + "locationName": "mediaStreams" + } + }, + "required": [ + "FlowArn", + "MediaStreams" + ] + }, + "AddFlowMediaStreamsResponse": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "FlowArn": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "flowArn" + }, + "MediaStreams": { + "shape": "__listOfMediaStream", + "locationName": "mediaStreams" + } + } + }, "AddFlowOutputs420Exception": { "type": "structure", "members": { @@ -983,6 +1117,44 @@ } } }, + "AddMediaStreamRequest": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "Attributes": { + "shape": "MediaStreamAttributesRequest", + "locationName": "attributes" + }, + "ClockRate": { + "shape": "__integer", + "locationName": "clockRate" + }, + "Description": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "description" + }, + "MediaStreamId": { + "shape": "__integer", + "locationName": "mediaStreamId" + }, + "MediaStreamName": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "mediaStreamName" + }, + "MediaStreamType": { + "shape": "MediaStreamType", + "locationName": "mediaStreamType" + }, + "VideoFormat": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "videoFormat" + } + }, + "required": [ + "MediaStreamType", + "MediaStreamId", + "MediaStreamName" + ] + }, "AddOutputRequest": { "type": "structure", "members": { @@ -1006,6 +1178,10 @@ "shape": "__integer", "locationName": "maxLatency" }, + "MediaStreamOutputConfigurations": { + "shape": "__listOfMediaStreamOutputConfigurationRequest", + "locationName": "mediaStreamOutputConfigurations" + }, "MinLatency": { "shape": "__integer", "locationName": "minLatency" @@ -1067,6 +1243,18 @@ "httpStatusCode": 400 } }, + "Colorimetry": { + "type": "string", + "enum": [ + "BT601", + "BT709", + "BT2020", + "BT2100", + "ST2065-1", + "ST2065-3", + "XYZ" + ] + }, "CreateFlow420Exception": { "type": "structure", "members": { @@ -1094,6 +1282,10 @@ "shape": "__listOfGrantEntitlementRequest", "locationName": "entitlements" }, + "MediaStreams": { + "shape": "__listOfAddMediaStreamRequest", + "locationName": "mediaStreams" + }, "Name": { "shape": "__string", "locationName": "name" @@ -1228,12 +1420,111 @@ } } }, + "DestinationConfiguration": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "DestinationIp": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "destinationIp" + }, + "DestinationPort": { + "shape": "__integer", + "locationName": "destinationPort" + }, + "Interface": { + "shape": "Interface", + "locationName": "interface" + }, + "OutboundIp": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "outboundIp" + } + }, + "required": [ + "DestinationIp", + "DestinationPort", + "Interface", + "OutboundIp" + ] + }, + "DestinationConfigurationRequest": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "DestinationIp": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "destinationIp" + }, + "DestinationPort": { + "shape": "__integer", + "locationName": "destinationPort" + }, + "Interface": { + "shape": "InterfaceRequest", + "locationName": "interface" + } + }, + "required": [ + "DestinationIp", + "DestinationPort", + "Interface" + ] + }, "DurationUnits": { "type": "string", "enum": [ "MONTHS" ] }, + "EncoderProfile": { + "type": "string", + "enum": [ + "main", + "high" + ] + }, + "EncodingName": { + "type": "string", + "enum": [ + "jxsv", + "raw", + "smpte291", + "pcm" + ] + }, + "EncodingParameters": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "CompressionFactor": { + "shape": "__double", + "locationName": "compressionFactor" + }, + "EncoderProfile": { + "shape": "EncoderProfile", + "locationName": "encoderProfile" + } + }, + "required": [ + "EncoderProfile", + "CompressionFactor" + ] + }, + "EncodingParametersRequest": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "CompressionFactor": { + "shape": "__double", + "locationName": "compressionFactor" + }, + "EncoderProfile": { + "shape": "EncoderProfile", + "locationName": "encoderProfile" + } + }, + "required": [ + "EncoderProfile", + "CompressionFactor" + ] + }, "Encryption": { "type": "structure", "members": { @@ -1359,6 +1650,10 @@ "shape": "__string", "locationName": "flowArn" }, + "MediaStreams": { + "shape": "__listOfMediaStream", + "locationName": "mediaStreams" + }, "Name": { "shape": "__string", "locationName": "name" @@ -1398,6 +1693,72 @@ "Name" ] }, + "Fmtp": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "ChannelOrder": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "channelOrder" + }, + "Colorimetry": { + "shape": "Colorimetry", + "locationName": "colorimetry" + }, + "ExactFramerate": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "exactFramerate" + }, + "Par": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "par" + }, + "Range": { + "shape": "Range", + "locationName": "range" + }, + "ScanMode": { + "shape": "ScanMode", + "locationName": "scanMode" + }, + "Tcs": { + "shape": "Tcs", + "locationName": "tcs" + } + } + }, + "FmtpRequest": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "ChannelOrder": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "channelOrder" + }, + "Colorimetry": { + "shape": "Colorimetry", + "locationName": "colorimetry" + }, + "ExactFramerate": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "exactFramerate" + }, + "Par": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "par" + }, + "Range": { + "shape": "Range", + "locationName": "range" + }, + "ScanMode": { + "shape": "ScanMode", + "locationName": "scanMode" + }, + "Tcs": { + "shape": "Tcs", + "locationName": "tcs" + } + } + }, "ForbiddenException": { "type": "structure", "members": { @@ -1493,6 +1854,69 @@ } } }, + "InputConfiguration": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "InputIp": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "inputIp" + }, + "InputPort": { + "shape": "__integer", + "locationName": "inputPort" + }, + "Interface": { + "shape": "Interface", + "locationName": "interface" + } + }, + "required": [ + "InputPort", + "InputIp", + "Interface" + ] + }, + "InputConfigurationRequest": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "InputPort": { + "shape": "__integer", + "locationName": "inputPort" + }, + "Interface": { + "shape": "InterfaceRequest", + "locationName": "interface" + } + }, + "required": [ + "InputPort", + "Interface" + ] + }, + "Interface": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "Name": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "name" + } + }, + "required": [ + "Name" + ] + }, + "InterfaceRequest": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "Name": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "name" + } + }, + "required": [ + "Name" + ] + }, "InternalServerErrorException": { "type": "structure", "members": { @@ -1714,6 +2138,178 @@ "min": 1, "max": 1000 }, + "MediaStream": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "Attributes": { + "shape": "MediaStreamAttributes", + "locationName": "attributes" + }, + "ClockRate": { + "shape": "__integer", + "locationName": "clockRate" + }, + "Description": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "description" + }, + "Fmt": { + "shape": "__integer", + "locationName": "fmt" + }, + "MediaStreamId": { + "shape": "__integer", + "locationName": "mediaStreamId" + }, + "MediaStreamName": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "mediaStreamName" + }, + "MediaStreamType": { + "shape": "MediaStreamType", + "locationName": "mediaStreamType" + }, + "VideoFormat": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "videoFormat" + } + }, + "required": [ + "MediaStreamType", + "MediaStreamId", + "MediaStreamName", + "Fmt" + ] + }, + "MediaStreamAttributes": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "Fmtp": { + "shape": "Fmtp", + "locationName": "fmtp" + }, + "Lang": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "lang" + } + }, + "required": [ + "Fmtp" + ] + }, + "MediaStreamAttributesRequest": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "Fmtp": { + "shape": "FmtpRequest", + "locationName": "fmtp" + }, + "Lang": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "lang" + } + } + }, + "MediaStreamOutputConfiguration": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "DestinationConfigurations": { + "shape": "__listOfDestinationConfiguration", + "locationName": "destinationConfigurations" + }, + "EncodingName": { + "shape": "EncodingName", + "locationName": "encodingName" + }, + "EncodingParameters": { + "shape": "EncodingParameters", + "locationName": "encodingParameters" + }, + "MediaStreamName": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "mediaStreamName" + } + }, + "required": [ + "MediaStreamName", + "EncodingName" + ] + }, + "MediaStreamOutputConfigurationRequest": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "DestinationConfigurations": { + "shape": "__listOfDestinationConfigurationRequest", + "locationName": "destinationConfigurations" + }, + "EncodingName": { + "shape": "EncodingName", + "locationName": "encodingName" + }, + "EncodingParameters": { + "shape": "EncodingParametersRequest", + "locationName": "encodingParameters" + }, + "MediaStreamName": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "mediaStreamName" + } + }, + "required": [ + "MediaStreamName", + "EncodingName" + ] + }, + "MediaStreamSourceConfiguration": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "EncodingName": { + "shape": "EncodingName", + "locationName": "encodingName" + }, + "InputConfigurations": { + "shape": "__listOfInputConfiguration", + "locationName": "inputConfigurations" + }, + "MediaStreamName": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "mediaStreamName" + } + }, + "required": [ + "MediaStreamName", + "EncodingName" + ] + }, + "MediaStreamSourceConfigurationRequest": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "EncodingName": { + "shape": "EncodingName", + "locationName": "encodingName" + }, + "InputConfigurations": { + "shape": "__listOfInputConfigurationRequest", + "locationName": "inputConfigurations" + }, + "MediaStreamName": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "mediaStreamName" + } + }, + "required": [ + "MediaStreamName", + "EncodingName" + ] + }, + "MediaStreamType": { + "type": "string", + "enum": [ + "video", + "audio", + "ancillary-data" + ] + }, "Messages": { "type": "structure", "members": { @@ -1726,6 +2322,13 @@ "Errors" ] }, + "NetworkInterfaceType": { + "type": "string", + "enum": [ + "ena", + "efa" + ] + }, "NotFoundException": { "type": "structure", "members": { @@ -1820,6 +2423,10 @@ "shape": "__string", "locationName": "mediaLiveInputArn" }, + "MediaStreamOutputConfigurations": { + "shape": "__listOfMediaStreamOutputConfiguration", + "locationName": "mediaStreamOutputConfigurations" + }, "Name": { "shape": "__string", "locationName": "name" @@ -1860,6 +2467,8 @@ "rtp", "zixi-pull", "rist", + "st2110-jpegxs", + "cdi", "srt-listener" ] }, @@ -1895,6 +2504,47 @@ } } }, + "Range": { + "type": "string", + "enum": [ + "NARROW", + "FULL", + "FULLPROTECT" + ] + }, + "RemoveFlowMediaStreamRequest": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "FlowArn": { + "shape": "__string", + "pattern": "^arn:.+:mediaconnect.+:flow:.+$", + "location": "uri", + "locationName": "flowArn" + }, + "MediaStreamName": { + "shape": "__string", + "location": "uri", + "locationName": "mediaStreamName" + } + }, + "required": [ + "FlowArn", + "MediaStreamName" + ] + }, + "RemoveFlowMediaStreamResponse": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "FlowArn": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "flowArn" + }, + "MediaStreamName": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "mediaStreamName" + } + } + }, "RemoveFlowOutputRequest": { "type": "structure", "members": { @@ -2142,6 +2792,14 @@ } } }, + "ScanMode": { + "type": "string", + "enum": [ + "progressive", + "interlace", + "progressive-segmented-frame" + ] + }, "ServiceUnavailableException": { "type": "structure", "members": { @@ -2185,6 +2843,14 @@ "shape": "__integer", "locationName": "maxLatency" }, + "MaxSyncBuffer": { + "shape": "__integer", + "locationName": "maxSyncBuffer" + }, + "MediaStreamSourceConfigurations": { + "shape": "__listOfMediaStreamSourceConfigurationRequest", + "locationName": "mediaStreamSourceConfigurations" + }, "MinLatency": { "shape": "__integer", "locationName": "minLatency" @@ -2238,6 +2904,10 @@ "shape": "__integer", "locationName": "ingestPort" }, + "MediaStreamSourceConfigurations": { + "shape": "__listOfMediaStreamSourceConfiguration", + "locationName": "mediaStreamSourceConfigurations" + }, "Name": { "shape": "__string", "locationName": "name" @@ -2360,6 +3030,20 @@ "Tags" ] }, + "Tcs": { + "type": "string", + "enum": [ + "SDR", + "PQ", + "HLG", + "LINEAR", + "BT2100LINPQ", + "BT2100LINHLG", + "ST2065-1", + "ST428-1", + "DENSITY" + ] + }, "TooManyRequestsException": { "type": "structure", "members": { @@ -2391,6 +3075,10 @@ "shape": "__integer", "locationName": "maxLatency" }, + "MaxSyncBuffer": { + "shape": "__integer", + "locationName": "maxSyncBuffer" + }, "MinLatency": { "shape": "__integer", "locationName": "minLatency" @@ -2537,6 +3225,59 @@ } } }, + "UpdateFlowMediaStreamRequest": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "Attributes": { + "shape": "MediaStreamAttributesRequest", + "locationName": "attributes" + }, + "ClockRate": { + "shape": "__integer", + "locationName": "clockRate" + }, + "Description": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "description" + }, + "FlowArn": { + "shape": "__string", + "pattern": "^arn:.+:mediaconnect.+:flow:.+$", + "location": "uri", + "locationName": "flowArn" + }, + "MediaStreamName": { + "shape": "__string", + "location": "uri", + "locationName": "mediaStreamName" + }, + "MediaStreamType": { + "shape": "MediaStreamType", + "locationName": "mediaStreamType" + }, + "VideoFormat": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "videoFormat" + } + }, + "required": [ + "FlowArn", + "MediaStreamName" + ] + }, + "UpdateFlowMediaStreamResponse": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "FlowArn": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "flowArn" + }, + "MediaStream": { + "shape": "MediaStream", + "locationName": "mediaStream" + } + } + }, "UpdateFlowOutputRequest": { "type": "structure", "members": { @@ -2565,6 +3306,10 @@ "shape": "__integer", "locationName": "maxLatency" }, + "MediaStreamOutputConfigurations": { + "shape": "__listOfMediaStreamOutputConfigurationRequest", + "locationName": "mediaStreamOutputConfigurations" + }, "MinLatency": { "shape": "__integer", "locationName": "minLatency" @@ -2675,6 +3420,14 @@ "shape": "__integer", "locationName": "maxLatency" }, + "MaxSyncBuffer": { + "shape": "__integer", + "locationName": "maxSyncBuffer" + }, + "MediaStreamSourceConfigurations": { + "shape": "__listOfMediaStreamSourceConfigurationRequest", + "locationName": "mediaStreamSourceConfigurations" + }, "MinLatency": { "shape": "__integer", "locationName": "minLatency" @@ -2730,6 +3483,10 @@ "shape": "__listOf__string", "locationName": "networkInterfaceIds" }, + "NetworkInterfaceType": { + "shape": "NetworkInterfaceType", + "locationName": "networkInterfaceType" + }, "RoleArn": { "shape": "__string", "locationName": "roleArn" @@ -2744,6 +3501,7 @@ } }, "required": [ + "NetworkInterfaceType", "NetworkInterfaceIds", "SubnetId", "SecurityGroupIds", @@ -2767,6 +3525,10 @@ "shape": "__string", "locationName": "name" }, + "NetworkInterfaceType": { + "shape": "NetworkInterfaceType", + "locationName": "networkInterfaceType" + }, "RoleArn": { "shape": "__string", "locationName": "roleArn" @@ -2796,12 +3558,30 @@ "__integer": { "type": "integer" }, + "__listOfAddMediaStreamRequest": { + "type": "list", + "member": { + "shape": "AddMediaStreamRequest" + } + }, "__listOfAddOutputRequest": { "type": "list", "member": { "shape": "AddOutputRequest" } }, + "__listOfDestinationConfiguration": { + "type": "list", + "member": { + "shape": "DestinationConfiguration" + } + }, + "__listOfDestinationConfigurationRequest": { + "type": "list", + "member": { + "shape": "DestinationConfigurationRequest" + } + }, "__listOfEntitlement": { "type": "list", "member": { @@ -2814,6 +3594,18 @@ "shape": "GrantEntitlementRequest" } }, + "__listOfInputConfiguration": { + "type": "list", + "member": { + "shape": "InputConfiguration" + } + }, + "__listOfInputConfigurationRequest": { + "type": "list", + "member": { + "shape": "InputConfigurationRequest" + } + }, "__listOfListedEntitlement": { "type": "list", "member": { @@ -2826,6 +3618,36 @@ "shape": "ListedFlow" } }, + "__listOfMediaStream": { + "type": "list", + "member": { + "shape": "MediaStream" + } + }, + "__listOfMediaStreamOutputConfiguration": { + "type": "list", + "member": { + "shape": "MediaStreamOutputConfiguration" + } + }, + "__listOfMediaStreamOutputConfigurationRequest": { + "type": "list", + "member": { + "shape": "MediaStreamOutputConfigurationRequest" + } + }, + "__listOfMediaStreamSourceConfiguration": { + "type": "list", + "member": { + "shape": "MediaStreamSourceConfiguration" + } + }, + "__listOfMediaStreamSourceConfigurationRequest": { + "type": "list", + "member": { + "shape": "MediaStreamSourceConfigurationRequest" + } + }, "__listOfOffering": { "type": "list", "member": { @@ -2904,4 +3726,4 @@ "timestampFormat": "unixTimestamp" } } -} +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/models/apis/mediaconnect/2018-11-14/docs-2.json b/models/apis/mediaconnect/2018-11-14/docs-2.json index a22cc3a03d8..2f07181b8cd 100644 --- a/models/apis/mediaconnect/2018-11-14/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/mediaconnect/2018-11-14/docs-2.json @@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ "version": "2.0", "service": "API for AWS Elemental MediaConnect", "operations": { + "AddFlowMediaStreams": "Adds media streams to an existing flow. After you add a media stream to a flow, you can associate it with a source and/or an output that uses the ST 2110 JPEG XS or CDI protocol.", "AddFlowOutputs": "Adds outputs to an existing flow. You can create up to 50 outputs per flow.", "AddFlowSources": "Adds Sources to flow", "AddFlowVpcInterfaces": "Adds VPC interfaces to flow", @@ -17,6 +18,7 @@ "ListReservations": "Displays a list of all reservations that have been purchased by this account in the current AWS Region. This list includes all reservations in all states (such as active and expired).", "ListTagsForResource": "List all tags on an AWS Elemental MediaConnect resource", "PurchaseOffering": "Submits a request to purchase an offering. If you already have an active reservation, you can't purchase another offering.", + "RemoveFlowMediaStream": "Removes a media stream from a flow. This action is only available if the media stream is not associated with a source or output.", "RemoveFlowOutput": "Removes an output from an existing flow. This request can be made only on an output that does not have an entitlement associated with it. If the output has an entitlement, you must revoke the entitlement instead. When an entitlement is revoked from a flow, the service automatically removes the associated output.", "RemoveFlowSource": "Removes a source from an existing flow. This request can be made only if there is more than one source on the flow.", "RemoveFlowVpcInterface": "Removes a VPC Interface from an existing flow. This request can be made only on a VPC interface that does not have a Source or Output associated with it. If the VPC interface is referenced by a Source or Output, you must first delete or update the Source or Output to no longer reference the VPC interface.", @@ -27,10 +29,19 @@ "UntagResource": "Deletes specified tags from a resource.", "UpdateFlow": "Updates flow", "UpdateFlowEntitlement": "You can change an entitlement's description, subscribers, and encryption. If you change the subscribers, the service will remove the outputs that are are used by the subscribers that are removed.", + "UpdateFlowMediaStream": "Updates an existing media stream.", "UpdateFlowOutput": "Updates an existing flow output.", "UpdateFlowSource": "Updates the source of a flow." }, "shapes": { + "AddFlowMediaStreamsRequest": { + "base": "Adds media streams to an existing flow.", + "refs": {} + }, + "AddFlowMediaStreamsResponse": { + "base": "The result of a successful AddFlowMediaStreamsRequest request. The response includes the details of the newly added media streams.", + "refs": {} + }, "AddFlowOutputs420Exception": { "base": "Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this exception.", "refs": {} @@ -59,6 +70,12 @@ "base": "The result of a successful AddFlowVpcInterfaces request. The response includes the details of the newly added VPC interfaces.", "refs": {} }, + "AddMediaStreamRequest": { + "base": "The media stream that you want to add to the flow.", + "refs": { + "__listOfAddMediaStreamRequest$member": null + } + }, "AddOutputRequest": { "base": "The output that you want to add to this flow.", "refs": { @@ -76,12 +93,19 @@ "base": "Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this exception.", "refs": {} }, + "Colorimetry": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "Fmtp$Colorimetry": "The format that is used for the representation of color.", + "FmtpRequest$Colorimetry": "The format that is used for the representation of color." + } + }, "CreateFlow420Exception": { "base": "Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this exception.", "refs": {} }, "CreateFlowRequest": { - "base": "Creates a new flow. The request must include one source. The request optionally can include outputs (up to 50) and one entitlement.", + "base": "Creates a new flow. The request must include one source. The request optionally can include outputs (up to 50) and entitlements (up to 50.)", "refs": {} }, "CreateFlowResponse": { @@ -104,6 +128,18 @@ "base": "The result of a successful DescribeReservation request.", "refs": {} }, + "DestinationConfiguration": { + "base": "The transport parameters that are associated with an outbound media stream.", + "refs": { + "__listOfDestinationConfiguration$member": null + } + }, + "DestinationConfigurationRequest": { + "base": "The transport parameters that you want to associate with an outbound media stream.", + "refs": { + "__listOfDestinationConfigurationRequest$member": null + } + }, "DurationUnits": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -111,6 +147,34 @@ "Reservation$DurationUnits": "The unit of measurement for the duration of the reservation. MediaConnect defines this value in the offering." } }, + "EncoderProfile": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "EncodingParameters$EncoderProfile": "A setting on the encoder that drives compression settings. This property only applies to video media streams associated with outputs that use the ST 2110 JPEG XS protocol, with a flow source that uses the CDI protocol.", + "EncodingParametersRequest$EncoderProfile": "A setting on the encoder that drives compression settings. This property only applies to video media streams associated with outputs that use the ST 2110 JPEG XS protocol, if at least one source on the flow uses the CDI protocol." + } + }, + "EncodingName": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "MediaStreamOutputConfiguration$EncodingName": "The format that was used to encode the data. For ancillary data streams, set the encoding name to smpte291. For audio streams, set the encoding name to pcm. For video, 2110 streams, set the encoding name to raw. For video, JPEG XS streams, set the encoding name to jxsv.", + "MediaStreamOutputConfigurationRequest$EncodingName": "The format that will be used to encode the data. For ancillary data streams, set the encoding name to smpte291. For audio streams, set the encoding name to pcm. For video, 2110 streams, set the encoding name to raw. For video, JPEG XS streams, set the encoding name to jxsv.", + "MediaStreamSourceConfiguration$EncodingName": "The format that was used to encode the data. For ancillary data streams, set the encoding name to smpte291. For audio streams, set the encoding name to pcm. For video, 2110 streams, set the encoding name to raw. For video, JPEG XS streams, set the encoding name to jxsv.", + "MediaStreamSourceConfigurationRequest$EncodingName": "The format you want to use to encode the data. For ancillary data streams, set the encoding name to smpte291. For audio streams, set the encoding name to pcm. For video, 2110 streams, set the encoding name to raw. For video, JPEG XS streams, set the encoding name to jxsv." + } + }, + "EncodingParameters": { + "base": "A collection of parameters that determine how MediaConnect will convert the content. These fields only apply to outputs on flows that have a CDI source.", + "refs": { + "MediaStreamOutputConfiguration$EncodingParameters": "Encoding parameters" + } + }, + "EncodingParametersRequest": { + "base": "A collection of parameters that determine how MediaConnect will convert the content. These fields only apply to outputs on flows that have a CDI source.", + "refs": { + "MediaStreamOutputConfigurationRequest$EncodingParameters": "A collection of parameters that determine how MediaConnect will convert the content. These fields only apply to outputs on flows that have a CDI source." + } + }, "Encryption": { "base": "Information about the encryption of the flow.", "refs": { @@ -152,6 +216,18 @@ "UpdateFlowResponse$Flow": null } }, + "Fmtp": { + "base": "FMTP", + "refs": { + "MediaStreamAttributes$Fmtp": "A set of parameters that define the media stream." + } + }, + "FmtpRequest": { + "base": "The settings that you want to use to define the media stream.", + "refs": { + "MediaStreamAttributesRequest$Fmtp": "The settings that you want to use to define the media stream." + } + }, "ForbiddenException": { "base": "Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this exception.", "refs": {} @@ -174,6 +250,32 @@ "base": "The entitlements that were just granted.", "refs": {} }, + "InputConfiguration": { + "base": "The transport parameters that are associated with an incoming media stream.", + "refs": { + "__listOfInputConfiguration$member": null + } + }, + "InputConfigurationRequest": { + "base": "The transport parameters that you want to associate with an incoming media stream.", + "refs": { + "__listOfInputConfigurationRequest$member": null + } + }, + "Interface": { + "base": "The VPC interface that is used for the media stream associated with the source or output.", + "refs": { + "DestinationConfiguration$Interface": "The VPC interface that is used for the media stream associated with the output.", + "InputConfiguration$Interface": "The VPC interface where the media stream comes in from." + } + }, + "InterfaceRequest": { + "base": "The VPC interface that you want to designate where the media stream is coming from or going to.", + "refs": { + "DestinationConfigurationRequest$Interface": "The VPC interface that you want to use for the media stream associated with the output.", + "InputConfigurationRequest$Interface": "The VPC interface that you want to use for the incoming media stream." + } + }, "InternalServerErrorException": { "base": "Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this exception.", "refs": {} @@ -217,12 +319,71 @@ "__listOfListedFlow$member": null } }, + "MediaStream": { + "base": "A single track or stream of media that contains video, audio, or ancillary data. After you add a media stream to a flow, you can associate it with sources and outputs on that flow, as long as they use the CDI protocol or the ST 2110 JPEG XS protocol. Each source or output can consist of one or many media streams.", + "refs": { + "UpdateFlowMediaStreamResponse$MediaStream": "The media stream that you updated.", + "__listOfMediaStream$member": null + } + }, + "MediaStreamAttributes": { + "base": "Attributes that are related to the media stream.", + "refs": { + "MediaStream$Attributes": "Attributes that are related to the media stream." + } + }, + "MediaStreamAttributesRequest": { + "base": "Attributes that are related to the media stream.", + "refs": { + "AddMediaStreamRequest$Attributes": "The attributes that you want to assign to the new media stream.", + "UpdateFlowMediaStreamRequest$Attributes": "The attributes that you want to assign to the media stream." + } + }, + "MediaStreamOutputConfiguration": { + "base": "The media stream that is associated with the output, and the parameters for that association.", + "refs": { + "__listOfMediaStreamOutputConfiguration$member": null + } + }, + "MediaStreamOutputConfigurationRequest": { + "base": "The media stream that you want to associate with the output, and the parameters for that association.", + "refs": { + "__listOfMediaStreamOutputConfigurationRequest$member": null + } + }, + "MediaStreamSourceConfiguration": { + "base": "The media stream that is associated with the source, and the parameters for that association.", + "refs": { + "__listOfMediaStreamSourceConfiguration$member": null + } + }, + "MediaStreamSourceConfigurationRequest": { + "base": "The definition of a media stream that you want to associate with the source.", + "refs": { + "__listOfMediaStreamSourceConfigurationRequest$member": null + } + }, + "MediaStreamType": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "AddMediaStreamRequest$MediaStreamType": "The type of media stream.", + "MediaStream$MediaStreamType": "The type of media stream.", + "UpdateFlowMediaStreamRequest$MediaStreamType": "The type of media stream." + } + }, "Messages": { "base": "Messages that provide the state of the flow.", "refs": { "DescribeFlowResponse$Messages": null } }, + "NetworkInterfaceType": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "VpcInterface$NetworkInterfaceType": "The type of network interface.", + "VpcInterfaceRequest$NetworkInterfaceType": "The type of network interface. If this value is not included in the request, MediaConnect uses ENA as the networkInterfaceType." + } + }, "NotFoundException": { "base": "Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this exception.", "refs": {} @@ -266,6 +427,17 @@ "base": "The result of a successful PurchaseOffering request.", "refs": {} }, + "Range": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "Fmtp$Range": "The encoding range of the video.", + "FmtpRequest$Range": "The encoding range of the video." + } + }, + "RemoveFlowMediaStreamResponse": { + "base": "The result of a successful RemoveFlowMediaStream request.", + "refs": {} + }, "RemoveFlowOutputResponse": { "base": "The result of a successful RemoveFlowOutput request including the flow ARN and the output ARN that was removed.", "refs": {} @@ -313,6 +485,13 @@ "base": "The result of a successful RevokeFlowEntitlement request. The response includes the ARN of the flow that was updated and the ARN of the entitlement that was revoked.", "refs": {} }, + "ScanMode": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "Fmtp$ScanMode": "The type of compression that was used to smooth the video\u2019s appearance", + "FmtpRequest$ScanMode": "The type of compression that was used to smooth the video\u2019s appearance." + } + }, "ServiceUnavailableException": { "base": "Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this exception.", "refs": {} @@ -367,6 +546,13 @@ "base": "The tags to add to the resource. Tag keys can have a maximum character length of 128 characters, and tag values can have a maximum length of 256 characters.", "refs": {} }, + "Tcs": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "Fmtp$Tcs": "The transfer characteristic system (TCS) that is used in the video.", + "FmtpRequest$Tcs": "The transfer characteristic system (TCS) that is used in the video." + } + }, "TooManyRequestsException": { "base": "Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this exception.", "refs": {} @@ -400,6 +586,14 @@ "base": "The result of a successful UpdateFlowEntitlement request. The response includes the ARN of the flow that was updated and the updated entitlement configuration.", "refs": {} }, + "UpdateFlowMediaStreamRequest": { + "base": "Update a media stream on a flow.", + "refs": {} + }, + "UpdateFlowMediaStreamResponse": { + "base": "Update response", + "refs": {} + }, "UpdateFlowOutputRequest": { "base": "The updates that you want to make to an existing output of an existing flow.", "refs": {} @@ -417,7 +611,7 @@ "refs": {} }, "UpdateFlowSourceRequest": { - "base": "The settings for the updated source of the flow.", + "base": "The updates that you want to make to an existing source of an existing flow.", "refs": {} }, "UpdateFlowSourceResponse": { @@ -444,25 +638,45 @@ "__listOfVpcInterfaceRequest$member": null } }, + "__double": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "EncodingParameters$CompressionFactor": "A value that is used to calculate compression for an output. The bitrate of the output is calculated as follows: Output bitrate = (1 / compressionFactor) * (source bitrate) This property only applies to outputs that use the ST 2110 JPEG XS protocol, with a flow source that uses the CDI protocol. Valid values are floating point numbers in the range of 3.0 to 10.0, inclusive.", + "EncodingParametersRequest$CompressionFactor": "A value that is used to calculate compression for an output. The bitrate of the output is calculated as follows: Output bitrate = (1 / compressionFactor) * (source bitrate) This property only applies to outputs that use the ST 2110 JPEG XS protocol, with a flow source that uses the CDI protocol. Valid values are floating point numbers in the range of 3.0 to 10.0, inclusive." + } + }, "__integer": { "base": null, "refs": { + "AddMediaStreamRequest$ClockRate": "The sample rate (in Hz) for the stream. If the media stream type is video or ancillary data, set this value to 90000. If the media stream type is audio, set this value to either 48000 or 96000.", + "AddMediaStreamRequest$MediaStreamId": "A unique identifier for the media stream.", "AddOutputRequest$Port": "The port to use when content is distributed to this output.", + "DestinationConfiguration$DestinationPort": "The port to use when the content of the media stream is distributed to the output.", + "DestinationConfigurationRequest$DestinationPort": "The port that you want MediaConnect to use when it distributes the media stream to the output.", "Entitlement$DataTransferSubscriberFeePercent": "Percentage from 0-100 of the data transfer cost to be billed to the subscriber.", "FailoverConfig$RecoveryWindow": "Search window time to look for dash-7 packets", "GrantEntitlementRequest$DataTransferSubscriberFeePercent": "Percentage from 0-100 of the data transfer cost to be billed to the subscriber.", + "InputConfiguration$InputPort": "The port that the flow listens on for an incoming media stream.", + "InputConfigurationRequest$InputPort": "The port that you want the flow to listen on for an incoming media stream.", "ListedEntitlement$DataTransferSubscriberFeePercent": "Percentage from 0-100 of the data transfer cost to be billed to the subscriber.", + "MediaStream$ClockRate": "The sample rate for the stream. This value is measured in Hz.", + "MediaStream$Fmt": "The format type number (sometimes referred to as RTP payload type) of the media stream. MediaConnect assigns this value to the media stream. For ST 2110 JPEG XS outputs, you need to provide this value to the receiver.", + "MediaStream$MediaStreamId": "A unique identifier for the media stream.", "Offering$Duration": "The length of time that your reservation would be active.", "Output$DataTransferSubscriberFeePercent": "Percentage from 0-100 of the data transfer cost to be billed to the subscriber.", "Output$Port": "The port to use when content is distributed to this output.", "Reservation$Duration": "The length of time that this reservation is active. MediaConnect defines this value in the offering.", "ResourceSpecification$ReservedBitrate": "The amount of outbound bandwidth that is discounted in the offering.", "SetSourceRequest$IngestPort": "The port that the flow will be listening on for incoming content.", + "SetSourceRequest$MaxSyncBuffer": "The size of the buffer (in milliseconds) to use to sync incoming source data.", "Source$DataTransferSubscriberFeePercent": "Percentage from 0-100 of the data transfer cost to be billed to the subscriber.", "Source$IngestPort": "The port that the flow will be listening on for incoming content.", + "Transport$MaxSyncBuffer": "The size of the buffer (in milliseconds) to use to sync incoming source data.", "UpdateFailoverConfig$RecoveryWindow": "Recovery window time to look for dash-7 packets", + "UpdateFlowMediaStreamRequest$ClockRate": "The sample rate (in Hz) for the stream. If the media stream type is video or ancillary data, set this value to 90000. If the media stream type is audio, set this value to either 48000 or 96000.", "UpdateFlowOutputRequest$Port": "The port to use when content is distributed to this output.", "UpdateFlowSourceRequest$IngestPort": "The port that the flow will be listening on for incoming content.", + "UpdateFlowSourceRequest$MaxSyncBuffer": "The size of the buffer (in milliseconds) to use to sync incoming source data.", "AddOutputRequest$MaxLatency": "The maximum latency in milliseconds for Zixi-based streams.", "AddOutputRequest$MinLatency" : "The minimum latency in milliseconds for SRT-based streams. In streams that use the SRT protocol, this value that you set on your MediaConnect source or output represents the minimal potential latency of that connection. The latency of the stream is set to the highest number between the sender’s minimum latency and the receiver’s minimum latency.", "AddOutputRequest$SmoothingLatency": "The smoothing latency in milliseconds for RIST, RTP, and RTP-FEC streams.", @@ -478,7 +692,15 @@ "UpdateFlowOutputRequest$SmoothingLatency": "The smoothing latency in milliseconds for RIST, RTP, and RTP-FEC streams.", "UpdateFlowSourceRequest$MaxBitrate": "The smoothing max bitrate for RIST, RTP, and RTP-FEC streams.", "UpdateFlowSourceRequest$MaxLatency": "The maximum latency in milliseconds. This parameter applies only to RIST-based and Zixi-based streams.", - "UpdateFlowSourceRequest$MinLatency" : "The minimum latency in milliseconds for SRT-based streams. In streams that use the SRT protocol, this value that you set on your MediaConnect source or output represents the minimal potential latency of that connection. The latency of the stream is set to the highest number between the sender’s minimum latency and the receiver’s minimum latency." + "UpdateFlowSourceRequest$MinLatency" : "The minimum latency in milliseconds for SRT-based streams. In streams that use the SRT protocol, this value that you set on your MediaConnect source or output represents the minimal potential latency of that connection. The latency of the stream is set to the highest number between the sender’s minimum latency and the receiver’s minimum latency.", + "__listOf__integer$member": null + } + }, + "__listOfAddMediaStreamRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "AddFlowMediaStreamsRequest$MediaStreams": "The media streams that you want to add to the flow.", + "CreateFlowRequest$MediaStreams": "The media streams that you want to add to the flow. You can associate these media streams with sources and outputs on the flow." } }, "__listOfAddOutputRequest": { @@ -488,6 +710,18 @@ "CreateFlowRequest$Outputs": "The outputs that you want to add to this flow." } }, + "__listOfDestinationConfiguration": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "MediaStreamOutputConfiguration$DestinationConfigurations": "The transport parameters that are associated with each outbound media stream." + } + }, + "__listOfDestinationConfigurationRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "MediaStreamOutputConfigurationRequest$DestinationConfigurations": "The transport parameters that you want to associate with the media stream." + } + }, "__listOfEntitlement": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -502,6 +736,18 @@ "GrantFlowEntitlementsRequest$Entitlements": "The list of entitlements that you want to grant." } }, + "__listOfInputConfiguration": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "MediaStreamSourceConfiguration$InputConfigurations": "The transport parameters that are associated with an incoming media stream." + } + }, + "__listOfInputConfigurationRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "MediaStreamSourceConfigurationRequest$InputConfigurations": "The transport parameters that you want to associate with the media stream." + } + }, "__listOfListedEntitlement": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -514,6 +760,39 @@ "ListFlowsResponse$Flows": "A list of flow summaries." } }, + "__listOfMediaStream": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "AddFlowMediaStreamsResponse$MediaStreams": "The media streams that you added to the flow.", + "Flow$MediaStreams": "The media streams that are associated with the flow. After you associate a media stream with a source, you can also associate it with outputs on the flow." + } + }, + "__listOfMediaStreamOutputConfiguration": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "Output$MediaStreamOutputConfigurations": "The configuration for each media stream that is associated with the output." + } + }, + "__listOfMediaStreamOutputConfigurationRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "AddOutputRequest$MediaStreamOutputConfigurations": "The media streams that are associated with the output, and the parameters for those associations.", + "UpdateFlowOutputRequest$MediaStreamOutputConfigurations": "The media streams that are associated with the output, and the parameters for those associations." + } + }, + "__listOfMediaStreamSourceConfiguration": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "Source$MediaStreamSourceConfigurations": "The media streams that are associated with the source, and the parameters for those associations." + } + }, + "__listOfMediaStreamSourceConfigurationRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "SetSourceRequest$MediaStreamSourceConfigurations": "The media streams that are associated with the source, and the parameters for those associations.", + "UpdateFlowSourceRequest$MediaStreamSourceConfigurations": "The media streams that are associated with the source, and the parameters for those associations." + } + }, "__listOfOffering": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -591,9 +870,13 @@ "__string": { "base": null, "refs": { + "AddFlowMediaStreamsResponse$FlowArn": "The ARN of the flow that you added media streams to.", "AddFlowOutputsResponse$FlowArn": "The ARN of the flow that these outputs were added to.", "AddFlowSourcesResponse$FlowArn": "The ARN of the flow that these sources were added to.", "AddFlowVpcInterfacesResponse$FlowArn": "The ARN of the flow that these VPC interfaces were added to.", + "AddMediaStreamRequest$Description": "A description that can help you quickly identify what your media stream is used for.", + "AddMediaStreamRequest$MediaStreamName": "A name that helps you distinguish one media stream from another.", + "AddMediaStreamRequest$VideoFormat": "The resolution of the video.", "AddOutputRequest$Description": "A description of the output. This description appears only on the AWS Elemental MediaConnect console and will not be seen by the end user.", "AddOutputRequest$Destination": "The IP address from which video will be sent to output destinations.", "AddOutputRequest$Name": "The name of the output. This value must be unique within the current flow.", @@ -602,6 +885,9 @@ "CreateFlowRequest$AvailabilityZone": "The Availability Zone that you want to create the flow in. These options are limited to the Availability Zones within the current AWS Region.", "CreateFlowRequest$Name": "The name of the flow.", "DeleteFlowResponse$FlowArn": "The ARN of the flow that was deleted.", + "DestinationConfiguration$DestinationIp": "The IP address where contents of the media stream will be sent.", + "DestinationConfiguration$OutboundIp": "The IP address that the receiver requires in order to establish a connection with the flow. This value is represented by the elastic network interface IP address of the VPC. This field applies only to outputs that use the CDI or ST 2110 JPEG XS protocol.", + "DestinationConfigurationRequest$DestinationIp": "The IP address where you want MediaConnect to send contents of the media stream.", "Encryption$ConstantInitializationVector": "A 128-bit, 16-byte hex value represented by a 32-character string, to be used with the key for encrypting content. This parameter is not valid for static key encryption.", "Encryption$DeviceId": "The value of one of the devices that you configured with your digital rights management (DRM) platform key provider. This parameter is required for SPEKE encryption and is not valid for static key encryption.", "Encryption$Region": "The AWS Region that the API Gateway proxy endpoint was created in. This parameter is required for SPEKE encryption and is not valid for static key encryption.", @@ -617,9 +903,18 @@ "Flow$EgressIp": "The IP address from which video will be sent to output destinations.", "Flow$FlowArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN), a unique identifier for any AWS resource, of the flow.", "Flow$Name": "The name of the flow.", + "Fmtp$ChannelOrder": "The format of the audio channel.", + "Fmtp$ExactFramerate": "The frame rate for the video stream, in frames/second. For example: 60000/1001. If you specify a whole number, MediaConnect uses a ratio of N/1. For example, if you specify 60, MediaConnect uses 60/1 as the exactFramerate.", + "Fmtp$Par": "The pixel aspect ratio (PAR) of the video.", + "FmtpRequest$ChannelOrder": "The format of the audio channel.", + "FmtpRequest$ExactFramerate": "The frame rate for the video stream, in frames/second. For example: 60000/1001. If you specify a whole number, MediaConnect uses a ratio of N/1. For example, if you specify 60, MediaConnect uses 60/1 as the exactFramerate.", + "FmtpRequest$Par": "The pixel aspect ratio (PAR) of the video.", "GrantEntitlementRequest$Description": "A description of the entitlement. This description appears only on the AWS Elemental MediaConnect console and will not be seen by the subscriber or end user.", "GrantEntitlementRequest$Name": "The name of the entitlement. This value must be unique within the current flow.", "GrantFlowEntitlementsResponse$FlowArn": "The ARN of the flow that these entitlements were granted to.", + "InputConfiguration$InputIp": "The IP address that the flow listens on for incoming content for a media stream.", + "Interface$Name": "The name of the VPC interface.", + "InterfaceRequest$Name": "The name of the VPC interface.", "ListEntitlementsResponse$NextToken": "The token that identifies which batch of results that you want to see. For example, you submit a ListEntitlements request with MaxResults set at 5. The service returns the first batch of results (up to 5) and a NextToken value. To see the next batch of results, you can submit the ListEntitlements request a second time and specify the NextToken value.", "ListFlowsResponse$NextToken": "The token that identifies which batch of results that you want to see. For example, you submit a ListFlows request with MaxResults set at 5. The service returns the first batch of results (up to 5) and a NextToken value. To see the next batch of results, you can submit the ListFlows request a second time and specify the NextToken value.", "ListOfferingsResponse$NextToken": "The token that identifies which batch of results that you want to see. For example, you submit a ListOfferings request with MaxResults set at 5. The service returns the first batch of results (up to 5) and a NextToken value. To see the next batch of results, you can submit the ListOfferings request a second time and specify the NextToken value.", @@ -630,6 +925,15 @@ "ListedFlow$Description": "A description of the flow.", "ListedFlow$FlowArn": "The ARN of the flow.", "ListedFlow$Name": "The name of the flow.", + "MediaStream$Description": "A description that can help you quickly identify what your media stream is used for.", + "MediaStream$MediaStreamName": "A name that helps you distinguish one media stream from another.", + "MediaStream$VideoFormat": "The resolution of the video.", + "MediaStreamAttributes$Lang": "The audio language, in a format that is recognized by the receiver.", + "MediaStreamAttributesRequest$Lang": "The audio language, in a format that is recognized by the receiver.", + "MediaStreamOutputConfiguration$MediaStreamName": "The name of the media stream.", + "MediaStreamOutputConfigurationRequest$MediaStreamName": "The name of the media stream that is associated with the output.", + "MediaStreamSourceConfiguration$MediaStreamName": "The name of the media stream.", + "MediaStreamSourceConfigurationRequest$MediaStreamName": "The name of the media stream.", "Offering$CurrencyCode": "The type of currency that is used for billing. The currencyCode used for all reservations is US dollars.", "Offering$OfferingArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that MediaConnect assigns to the offering.", "Offering$OfferingDescription": "A description of the offering.", @@ -637,12 +941,14 @@ "Output$Description": "A description of the output.", "Output$Destination": "The address where you want to send the output.", "Output$EntitlementArn": "The ARN of the entitlement on the originator''s flow. This value is relevant only on entitled flows.", - "Output$ListenerAddress" : "The IP address that the receiver requires in order to establish a connection with the flow. For public networking, the ListenerAddress is represented by the elastic IP address of the flow. For private networking, the ListenerAddress is represented by the elastic network interface IP address of the VPC. This field applies only to outputs that use the Zixi pull or SRT listener protocol.", + "Output$ListenerAddress": "The IP address that the receiver requires in order to establish a connection with the flow. For public networking, the ListenerAddress is represented by the elastic IP address of the flow. For private networking, the ListenerAddress is represented by the elastic network interface IP address of the VPC. This field applies only to outputs that use the Zixi pull or SRT listener protocol.", "Output$MediaLiveInputArn": "The input ARN of the AWS Elemental MediaLive channel. This parameter is relevant only for outputs that were added by creating a MediaLive input.", "Output$Name": "The name of the output. This value must be unique within the current flow.", "Output$OutputArn": "The ARN of the output.", "PurchaseOfferingRequest$ReservationName": "The name that you want to use for the reservation.", "PurchaseOfferingRequest$Start": "The date and time that you want the reservation to begin, in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). You can specify any date and time between 12:00am on the first day of the current month to the current time on today's date, inclusive. Specify the start in a 24-hour notation. Use the following format: YYYY-MM-DDTHH:mm:SSZ, where T and Z are literal characters. For example, to specify 11:30pm on March 5, 2020, enter 2020-03-05T23:30:00Z.", + "RemoveFlowMediaStreamResponse$FlowArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the flow.", + "RemoveFlowMediaStreamResponse$MediaStreamName": "The name of the media stream that was removed.", "RemoveFlowOutputResponse$FlowArn": "The ARN of the flow that is associated with the output you removed.", "RemoveFlowOutputResponse$OutputArn": "The ARN of the output that was removed.", "RemoveFlowSourceResponse$FlowArn": "The ARN of the flow that is associated with the source you removed.", @@ -671,7 +977,7 @@ "Source$IngestIp": "The IP address that the flow will be listening on for incoming content.", "Source$Name": "The name of the source.", "Source$SourceArn": "The ARN of the source.", - "Source$VpcInterfaceName": "The name of the VPC Interface this Source is configured with.", + "Source$VpcInterfaceName": "The name of the VPC interface that is used for this source.", "Source$WhitelistCidr": "The range of IP addresses that should be allowed to contribute content to your source. These IP addresses should be in the form of a Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) block; for example, 10.0.0.0/16.", "StartFlowResponse$FlowArn": "The ARN of the flow that you started.", "StopFlowResponse$FlowArn": "The ARN of the flow that you stopped.", @@ -686,6 +992,9 @@ "UpdateEncryption$Url": "The URL from the API Gateway proxy that you set up to talk to your key server. This parameter is required for SPEKE encryption and is not valid for static key encryption.", "UpdateFlowEntitlementRequest$Description": "A description of the entitlement. This description appears only on the AWS Elemental MediaConnect console and will not be seen by the subscriber or end user.", "UpdateFlowEntitlementResponse$FlowArn": "The ARN of the flow that this entitlement was granted on.", + "UpdateFlowMediaStreamRequest$Description": "Description", + "UpdateFlowMediaStreamRequest$VideoFormat": "The resolution of the video.", + "UpdateFlowMediaStreamResponse$FlowArn": "The ARN of the flow that is associated with the media stream that you updated.", "UpdateFlowOutputRequest$Description": "A description of the output. This description appears only on the AWS Elemental MediaConnect console and will not be seen by the end user.", "UpdateFlowOutputRequest$Destination": "The IP address where you want to send the output.", "UpdateFlowOutputRequest$RemoteId": "The remote ID for the Zixi-pull stream.", @@ -694,7 +1003,7 @@ "UpdateFlowSourceRequest$Description": "A description for the source. This value is not used or seen outside of the current AWS Elemental MediaConnect account.", "UpdateFlowSourceRequest$EntitlementArn": "The ARN of the entitlement that allows you to subscribe to this flow. The entitlement is set by the flow originator, and the ARN is generated as part of the originator's flow.", "UpdateFlowSourceRequest$StreamId": "The stream ID that you want to use for this transport. This parameter applies only to Zixi-based streams.", - "UpdateFlowSourceRequest$VpcInterfaceName": "The name of the VPC Interface to configure this Source with.", + "UpdateFlowSourceRequest$VpcInterfaceName": "The name of the VPC interface to use for this source.", "UpdateFlowSourceRequest$WhitelistCidr": "The range of IP addresses that should be allowed to contribute content to your source. These IP addresses should be in the form of a Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) block; for example, 10.0.0.0/16.", "UpdateFlowSourceResponse$FlowArn": "The ARN of the flow that you want to update.", "VpcInterface$Name": "Immutable and has to be a unique against other VpcInterfaces in this Flow", @@ -709,4 +1018,4 @@ } } } -} +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/models/apis/neptune/2014-10-31/api-2.json b/models/apis/neptune/2014-10-31/api-2.json index f25c453f80c..40aa6869084 100644 --- a/models/apis/neptune/2014-10-31/api-2.json +++ b/models/apis/neptune/2014-10-31/api-2.json @@ -1324,6 +1324,7 @@ "AvailabilityZones":{"shape":"AvailabilityZones"}, "BackupRetentionPeriod":{"shape":"IntegerOptional"}, "CharacterSetName":{"shape":"String"}, + "CopyTagsToSnapshot":{"shape":"BooleanOptional"}, "DatabaseName":{"shape":"String"}, "DBClusterIdentifier":{"shape":"String"}, "DBClusterParameterGroupName":{"shape":"String"}, @@ -1553,8 +1554,11 @@ "IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled":{"shape":"Boolean"}, "CloneGroupId":{"shape":"String"}, "ClusterCreateTime":{"shape":"TStamp"}, + "CopyTagsToSnapshot":{"shape":"BooleanOptional"}, "EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports":{"shape":"LogTypeList"}, - "DeletionProtection":{"shape":"BooleanOptional"} + "DeletionProtection":{"shape":"BooleanOptional"}, + "CrossAccountClone":{"shape":"BooleanOptional"}, + "AutomaticRestartTime":{"shape":"TStamp"} }, "wrapper":true }, @@ -3018,7 +3022,8 @@ "EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication":{"shape":"BooleanOptional"}, "CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration":{"shape":"CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration"}, "EngineVersion":{"shape":"String"}, - "DeletionProtection":{"shape":"BooleanOptional"} + "DeletionProtection":{"shape":"BooleanOptional"}, + "CopyTagsToSnapshot":{"shape":"BooleanOptional"} } }, "ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupMessage":{ @@ -3474,7 +3479,8 @@ "EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication":{"shape":"BooleanOptional"}, "EnableCloudwatchLogsExports":{"shape":"LogTypeList"}, "DBClusterParameterGroupName":{"shape":"String"}, - "DeletionProtection":{"shape":"BooleanOptional"} + "DeletionProtection":{"shape":"BooleanOptional"}, + "CopyTagsToSnapshot":{"shape":"BooleanOptional"} } }, "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResult":{ diff --git a/models/apis/neptune/2014-10-31/docs-2.json b/models/apis/neptune/2014-10-31/docs-2.json index ea63b4df8e1..74e9f0fe663 100644 --- a/models/apis/neptune/2014-10-31/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/neptune/2014-10-31/docs-2.json @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ "CreateDBClusterSnapshot": "Creates a snapshot of a DB cluster.
", "CreateDBInstance": "Creates a new DB instance.
", "CreateDBParameterGroup": "Creates a new DB parameter group.
A DB parameter group is initially created with the default parameters for the database engine used by the DB instance. To provide custom values for any of the parameters, you must modify the group after creating it using ModifyDBParameterGroup. Once you've created a DB parameter group, you need to associate it with your DB instance using ModifyDBInstance. When you associate a new DB parameter group with a running DB instance, you need to reboot the DB instance without failover for the new DB parameter group and associated settings to take effect.
After you create a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon Neptune to fully complete the create action before the parameter group is used as the default for a new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical when creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon Neptune console or the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group has been created or modified.
Creates a new DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least one subnet in at least two AZs in the AWS Region.
", + "CreateDBSubnetGroup": "Creates a new DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least one subnet in at least two AZs in the Amazon Region.
", "CreateEventSubscription": "Creates an event notification subscription. This action requires a topic ARN (Amazon Resource Name) created by either the Neptune console, the SNS console, or the SNS API. To obtain an ARN with SNS, you must create a topic in Amazon SNS and subscribe to the topic. The ARN is displayed in the SNS console.
You can specify the type of source (SourceType) you want to be notified of, provide a list of Neptune sources (SourceIds) that triggers the events, and provide a list of event categories (EventCategories) for events you want to be notified of. For example, you can specify SourceType = db-instance, SourceIds = mydbinstance1, mydbinstance2 and EventCategories = Availability, Backup.
If you specify both the SourceType and SourceIds, such as SourceType = db-instance and SourceIdentifier = myDBInstance1, you are notified of all the db-instance events for the specified source. If you specify a SourceType but do not specify a SourceIdentifier, you receive notice of the events for that source type for all your Neptune sources. If you do not specify either the SourceType nor the SourceIdentifier, you are notified of events generated from all Neptune sources belonging to your customer account.
", "DeleteDBCluster": "The DeleteDBCluster action deletes a previously provisioned DB cluster. When you delete a DB cluster, all automated backups for that DB cluster are deleted and can't be recovered. Manual DB cluster snapshots of the specified DB cluster are not deleted.
Note that the DB Cluster cannot be deleted if deletion protection is enabled. To delete it, you must first set its DeletionProtection field to False.
Deletes a custom endpoint and removes it from an Amazon Neptune DB cluster.
", @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ "DescribeDBClusterEndpoints": "Returns information about endpoints for an Amazon Neptune DB cluster.
This operation can also return information for Amazon RDS clusters and Amazon DocDB clusters.
Returns a list of DBClusterParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBClusterParameterGroupName parameter is specified, the list will contain only the description of the specified DB cluster parameter group.
Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB cluster parameter group.
", - "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes": "Returns a list of DB cluster snapshot attribute names and values for a manual DB cluster snapshot.
When sharing snapshots with other AWS accounts, DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes returns the restore attribute and a list of IDs for the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. If all is included in the list of values for the restore attribute, then the manual DB cluster snapshot is public and can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts.
To add or remove access for an AWS account to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, or to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public or private, use the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
", + "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes": "Returns a list of DB cluster snapshot attribute names and values for a manual DB cluster snapshot.
When sharing snapshots with other Amazon accounts, DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes returns the restore attribute and a list of IDs for the Amazon accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. If all is included in the list of values for the restore attribute, then the manual DB cluster snapshot is public and can be copied or restored by all Amazon accounts.
To add or remove access for an Amazon account to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, or to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public or private, use the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
", "DescribeDBClusterSnapshots": "Returns information about DB cluster snapshots. This API action supports pagination.
", "DescribeDBClusters": "Returns information about provisioned DB clusters, and supports pagination.
This operation can also return information for Amazon RDS clusters and Amazon DocDB clusters.
Returns a list of the available DB engines.
", @@ -49,10 +49,10 @@ "ModifyDBCluster": "Modify a setting for a DB cluster. You can change one or more database configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the new values in the request.
", "ModifyDBClusterEndpoint": "Modifies the properties of an endpoint in an Amazon Neptune DB cluster.
", "ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup": " Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group. To modify more than one parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue, and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request.
Changes to dynamic parameters are applied immediately. Changes to static parameters require a reboot without failover to the DB cluster associated with the parameter group before the change can take effect.
After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB cluster parameter group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon Neptune to fully complete the create action before the parameter group is used as the default for a new DB cluster. This is especially important for parameters that are critical when creating the default database for a DB cluster, such as the character set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon Neptune console or the DescribeDBClusterParameters command to verify that your DB cluster parameter group has been created or modified.
Adds an attribute and values to, or removes an attribute and values from, a manual DB cluster snapshot.
To share a manual DB cluster snapshot with other AWS accounts, specify restore as the AttributeName and use the ValuesToAdd parameter to add a list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. Use the value all to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public, which means that it can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. Do not add the all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain private information that you don't want available to all AWS accounts. If a manual DB cluster snapshot is encrypted, it can be shared, but only by specifying a list of authorized AWS account IDs for the ValuesToAdd parameter. You can't use all as a value for that parameter in this case.
To view which AWS accounts have access to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, or whether a manual DB cluster snapshot public or private, use the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API action.
", + "ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute": "Adds an attribute and values to, or removes an attribute and values from, a manual DB cluster snapshot.
To share a manual DB cluster snapshot with other Amazon accounts, specify restore as the AttributeName and use the ValuesToAdd parameter to add a list of IDs of the Amazon accounts that are authorized to restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. Use the value all to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public, which means that it can be copied or restored by all Amazon accounts. Do not add the all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain private information that you don't want available to all Amazon accounts. If a manual DB cluster snapshot is encrypted, it can be shared, but only by specifying a list of authorized Amazon account IDs for the ValuesToAdd parameter. You can't use all as a value for that parameter in this case.
To view which Amazon accounts have access to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, or whether a manual DB cluster snapshot public or private, use the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API action.
", "ModifyDBInstance": "Modifies settings for a DB instance. You can change one or more database configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the new values in the request. To learn what modifications you can make to your DB instance, call DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications before you call ModifyDBInstance.
", "ModifyDBParameterGroup": "Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group. To modify more than one parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue, and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request.
Changes to dynamic parameters are applied immediately. Changes to static parameters require a reboot without failover to the DB instance associated with the parameter group before the change can take effect.
After you modify a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon Neptune to fully complete the modify action before the parameter group is used as the default for a new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical when creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon Neptune console or the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group has been created or modified.
Modifies an existing DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least one subnet in at least two AZs in the AWS Region.
", + "ModifyDBSubnetGroup": "Modifies an existing DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least one subnet in at least two AZs in the Amazon Region.
", "ModifyEventSubscription": "Modifies an existing event notification subscription. Note that you can't modify the source identifiers using this call; to change source identifiers for a subscription, use the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription and RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription calls.
You can see a list of the event categories for a given SourceType by using the DescribeEventCategories action.
", "PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster": "Not supported.
", "RebootDBInstance": "You might need to reboot your DB instance, usually for maintenance reasons. For example, if you make certain modifications, or if you change the DB parameter group associated with the DB instance, you must reboot the instance for the changes to take effect.
Rebooting a DB instance restarts the database engine service. Rebooting a DB instance results in a momentary outage, during which the DB instance status is set to rebooting.
", @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ "ResetDBParameterGroup": "Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group to the engine/system default value. To reset specific parameters, provide a list of the following: ParameterName and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB parameter group, specify the DBParameterGroup name and ResetAllParameters parameters. When resetting the entire group, dynamic parameters are updated immediately and static parameters are set to pending-reboot to take effect on the next DB instance restart or RebootDBInstance request.
Creates a new DB cluster from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot.
If a DB snapshot is specified, the target DB cluster is created from the source DB snapshot with a default configuration and default security group.
If a DB cluster snapshot is specified, the target DB cluster is created from the source DB cluster restore point with the same configuration as the original source DB cluster, except that the new DB cluster is created with the default security group.
", "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime": "Restores a DB cluster to an arbitrary point in time. Users can restore to any point in time before LatestRestorableTime for up to BackupRetentionPeriod days. The target DB cluster is created from the source DB cluster with the same configuration as the original DB cluster, except that the new DB cluster is created with the default DB security group.
This action only restores the DB cluster, not the DB instances for that DB cluster. You must invoke the CreateDBInstance action to create DB instances for the restored DB cluster, specifying the identifier of the restored DB cluster in DBClusterIdentifier. You can create DB instances only after the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime action has completed and the DB cluster is available.
Starts an Amazon Neptune DB cluster that was stopped using the AWS console, the AWS CLI stop-db-cluster command, or the StopDBCluster API.
", + "StartDBCluster": "Starts an Amazon Neptune DB cluster that was stopped using the AWS console, the Amazon CLI stop-db-cluster command, or the StopDBCluster API.
", "StopDBCluster": "Stops an Amazon Neptune DB cluster. When you stop a DB cluster, Neptune retains the DB cluster's metadata, including its endpoints and DB parameter groups.
Neptune also retains the transaction logs so you can do a point-in-time restore if necessary.
" }, "shapes": { @@ -106,9 +106,9 @@ "AttributeValueList": { "base": null, "refs": { - "DBClusterSnapshotAttribute$AttributeValues": "The value(s) for the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute.
If the AttributeName field is set to restore, then this element returns a list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. If a value of all is in the list, then the manual DB cluster snapshot is public and available for any AWS account to copy or restore.
A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified by AttributeName.
To authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, set this list to include one or more AWS account IDs, or all to make the manual DB cluster snapshot restorable by any AWS account. Do not add the all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain private information that you don't want available to all AWS accounts.
A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to remove from the attribute specified by AttributeName.
To remove authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, set this list to include one or more AWS account identifiers, or all to remove authorization for any AWS account to copy or restore the DB cluster snapshot. If you specify all, an AWS account whose account ID is explicitly added to the restore attribute can still copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot.
The value(s) for the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute.
If the AttributeName field is set to restore, then this element returns a list of IDs of the Amazon accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. If a value of all is in the list, then the manual DB cluster snapshot is public and available for any Amazon account to copy or restore.
A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified by AttributeName.
To authorize other Amazon accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, set this list to include one or more Amazon account IDs, or all to make the manual DB cluster snapshot restorable by any Amazon account. Do not add the all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain private information that you don't want available to all AWS accounts.
A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to remove from the attribute specified by AttributeName.
To remove authorization for other Amazon accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, set this list to include one or more Amazon account identifiers, or all to remove authorization for any Amazon account to copy or restore the DB cluster snapshot. If you specify all, an Amazon account whose account ID is explicitly added to the restore attribute can still copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot.
Specifies whether the DB cluster has instances in multiple Availability Zones.
", "DBCluster$StorageEncrypted": "Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted.
", - "DBCluster$IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled": "True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled, and otherwise false.
", + "DBCluster$IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled": "True if mapping of Amazon Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled, and otherwise false.
", "DBClusterMember$IsClusterWriter": "Value that is true if the cluster member is the primary instance for the DB cluster and false otherwise.
Specifies whether the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted.
", - "DBClusterSnapshot$IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled": "True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled, and otherwise false.
", + "DBClusterSnapshot$IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled": "True if mapping of Amazon Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled, and otherwise false.
", "DBEngineVersion$SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs": "A value that indicates whether the engine version supports exporting the log types specified by ExportableLogTypes to CloudWatch Logs.
", "DBEngineVersion$SupportsReadReplica": "Indicates whether the database engine version supports read replicas.
", "DBInstance$MultiAZ": "Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment.
", @@ -154,15 +154,15 @@ "DBInstance$PubliclyAccessible": "This flag should no longer be used.
", "DBInstance$StorageEncrypted": "Not supported: The encryption for DB instances is managed by the DB cluster.
", "DBInstance$CopyTagsToSnapshot": "Specifies whether tags are copied from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance.
", - "DBInstance$IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled": "True if AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) authentication is enabled, and otherwise false.
", + "DBInstance$IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled": "True if Amazon Identity and Access Management (IAM) authentication is enabled, and otherwise false.
", "DBInstanceStatusInfo$Normal": "Boolean value that is true if the instance is operating normally, or false if the instance is in an error state.
", "DeleteDBClusterMessage$SkipFinalSnapshot": " Determines whether a final DB cluster snapshot is created before the DB cluster is deleted. If true is specified, no DB cluster snapshot is created. If false is specified, a DB cluster snapshot is created before the DB cluster is deleted.
You must specify a FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter if SkipFinalSnapshot is false.
Default: false
Determines whether a final DB snapshot is created before the DB instance is deleted. If true is specified, no DBSnapshot is created. If false is specified, a DB snapshot is created before the DB instance is deleted.
Note that when a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of 'failed', 'incompatible-restore', or 'incompatible-network', it can only be deleted when the SkipFinalSnapshot parameter is set to \"true\".
Specify true when deleting a Read Replica.
The FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter must be specified if SkipFinalSnapshot is false.
Default: false
True to include shared manual DB cluster snapshots from other AWS accounts that this AWS account has been given permission to copy or restore, and otherwise false. The default is false.
You can give an AWS account permission to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot from another AWS account by the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
", - "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsMessage$IncludePublic": "True to include manual DB cluster snapshots that are public and can be copied or restored by any AWS account, and otherwise false. The default is false. The default is false.
You can share a manual DB cluster snapshot as public by using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
", + "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsMessage$IncludeShared": "True to include shared manual DB cluster snapshots from other Amazon accounts that this AWS account has been given permission to copy or restore, and otherwise false. The default is false.
You can give an Amazon account permission to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot from another Amazon account by the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
", + "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsMessage$IncludePublic": "True to include manual DB cluster snapshots that are public and can be copied or restored by any Amazon account, and otherwise false. The default is false. The default is false.
You can share a manual DB cluster snapshot as public by using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
", "DescribeDBEngineVersionsMessage$DefaultOnly": "Indicates that only the default version of the specified engine or engine and major version combination is returned.
", "EventSubscription$Enabled": "A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. True indicates the subscription is enabled.
", - "ModifyDBClusterMessage$ApplyImmediately": "A value that specifies whether the modifications in this request and any pending modifications are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow setting for the DB cluster. If this parameter is set to false, changes to the DB cluster are applied during the next maintenance window.
The ApplyImmediately parameter only affects the NewDBClusterIdentifier and MasterUserPassword values. If you set the ApplyImmediately parameter value to false, then changes to the NewDBClusterIdentifier and MasterUserPassword values are applied during the next maintenance window. All other changes are applied immediately, regardless of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter.
Default: false
A value that specifies whether the modifications in this request and any pending modifications are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow setting for the DB cluster. If this parameter is set to false, changes to the DB cluster are applied during the next maintenance window.
The ApplyImmediately parameter only affects NewDBClusterIdentifier values. If you set the ApplyImmediately parameter value to false, then changes to NewDBClusterIdentifier values are applied during the next maintenance window. All other changes are applied immediately, regardless of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter.
Default: false
Specifies whether the modifications in this request and any pending modifications are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow setting for the DB instance.
If this parameter is set to false, changes to the DB instance are applied during the next maintenance window. Some parameter changes can cause an outage and are applied on the next call to RebootDBInstance, or the next failure reboot.
Default: false
Indicates that major version upgrades are allowed. Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible.
", "OrderableDBInstanceOption$MultiAZCapable": "Indicates whether a DB instance is Multi-AZ capable.
", @@ -185,39 +185,44 @@ "base": null, "refs": { "CopyDBClusterSnapshotMessage$CopyTags": "True to copy all tags from the source DB cluster snapshot to the target DB cluster snapshot, and otherwise false. The default is false.
", + "CreateDBClusterMessage$CopyTagsToSnapshot": " If set to true, tags are copied to any snapshot of the DB cluster that is created.
Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted.
", - "CreateDBClusterMessage$EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication": "Not supported by Neptune.
", + "CreateDBClusterMessage$EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication": "If set to true, enables Amazon Identity and Access Management (IAM) authentication for the entire DB cluster (this cannot be set at an instance level).
Default: false.
A value that indicates whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled. The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, deletion protection is enabled.
", "CreateDBInstanceMessage$MultiAZ": "Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. You can't set the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to true.
", "CreateDBInstanceMessage$AutoMinorVersionUpgrade": "Indicates that minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB instance during the maintenance window.
Default: true
This flag should no longer be used.
", "CreateDBInstanceMessage$StorageEncrypted": "Specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted.
Not applicable. The encryption for DB instances is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster.
Default: false
", "CreateDBInstanceMessage$CopyTagsToSnapshot": "True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance, and otherwise false. The default is false.
", - "CreateDBInstanceMessage$EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication": "True to enable AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) authentication for Neptune.
Default: false
Not supported by Neptune (ignored).
", "CreateDBInstanceMessage$EnablePerformanceInsights": "(Not supported by Neptune)
", "CreateDBInstanceMessage$DeletionProtection": "A value that indicates whether the DB instance has deletion protection enabled. The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, deletion protection is disabled. See Deleting a DB Instance.
DB instances in a DB cluster can be deleted even when deletion protection is enabled in their parent DB cluster.
", "CreateEventSubscriptionMessage$Enabled": "A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription, set to false to create the subscription but not active it.
", + "DBCluster$CopyTagsToSnapshot": " If set to true, tags are copied to any snapshot of the DB cluster that is created.
Indicates whether or not the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled. The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled.
", + "DBCluster$CrossAccountClone": "If set to true, the DB cluster can be cloned across accounts.
(Not supported by Neptune)
", "DBInstance$DeletionProtection": "Indicates whether or not the DB instance has deletion protection enabled. The instance can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. See Deleting a DB Instance.
", "DescribeDBEngineVersionsMessage$ListSupportedCharacterSets": "If this parameter is specified and the requested engine supports the CharacterSetName parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a list of supported character sets for each engine version.
If this parameter is specified and the requested engine supports the TimeZone parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a list of supported time zones for each engine version.
The VPC filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available VPC or non-VPC offerings.
", - "ModifyDBClusterMessage$EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication": "True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false.
Default: false
True to enable mapping of Amazon Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false.
Default: false
A value that indicates whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled. The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, deletion protection is disabled.
", + "ModifyDBClusterMessage$CopyTagsToSnapshot": " If set to true, tags are copied to any snapshot of the DB cluster that is created.
Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request.
Indicates that minor version upgrades are applied automatically to the DB instance during the maintenance window. Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage except in the following case and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. An outage will result if this parameter is set to true during the maintenance window, and a newer minor version is available, and Neptune has enabled auto patching for that engine version.
True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance, and otherwise false. The default is false.
", "ModifyDBInstanceMessage$PubliclyAccessible": "This flag should no longer be used.
", - "ModifyDBInstanceMessage$EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication": "True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false.
You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines
Not applicable. Mapping AWS IAM accounts to database accounts is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster.
Default: false
True to enable mapping of Amazon Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false.
You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines
Not applicable. Mapping Amazon IAM accounts to database accounts is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster.
Default: false
(Not supported by Neptune)
", "ModifyDBInstanceMessage$DeletionProtection": "A value that indicates whether the DB instance has deletion protection enabled. The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, deletion protection is disabled. See Deleting a DB Instance.
", "ModifyEventSubscriptionMessage$Enabled": "A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription.
", "PendingModifiedValues$MultiAZ": "Indicates that the Single-AZ DB instance is to change to a Multi-AZ deployment.
", "RebootDBInstanceMessage$ForceFailover": " When true, the reboot is conducted through a MultiAZ failover.
Constraint: You can't specify true if the instance is not configured for MultiAZ.
True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false.
Default: false
True to enable mapping of Amazon Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false.
Default: false
A value that indicates whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled. The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, deletion protection is disabled.
", - "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeMessage$EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication": "True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false.
Default: false
If set to true, tags are copied to any snapshot of the restored DB cluster that is created.
True to enable mapping of Amazon Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false.
Default: false
A value that indicates whether the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled. The database can't be deleted when deletion protection is enabled. By default, deletion protection is disabled.
" } }, @@ -433,11 +438,11 @@ "DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships": { "base": null, "refs": { - "DBCluster$DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships": "(Not supported by Neptune)
" + "DBCluster$DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships": "Not supported by Neptune.
" } }, "DBClusterOptionGroupStatus": { - "base": "Contains status information for a DB cluster option group.
", + "base": "Not supported by Neptune.
", "refs": { "DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships$member": null } @@ -482,7 +487,7 @@ } }, "DBClusterRole": { - "base": "Describes an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that is associated with a DB cluster.
", + "base": "Describes an Amazon Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that is associated with a DB cluster.
", "refs": { "DBClusterRoles$member": null } @@ -505,7 +510,7 @@ "DBClusterRoles": { "base": null, "refs": { - "DBCluster$AssociatedRoles": "Provides a list of the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that are associated with the DB cluster. IAM roles that are associated with a DB cluster grant permission for the DB cluster to access other AWS services on your behalf.
" + "DBCluster$AssociatedRoles": "Provides a list of the Amazon Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that are associated with the DB cluster. IAM roles that are associated with a DB cluster grant permission for the DB cluster to access other Amazon services on your behalf.
" } }, "DBClusterSnapshot": { @@ -523,7 +528,7 @@ } }, "DBClusterSnapshotAttribute": { - "base": "Contains the name and values of a manual DB cluster snapshot attribute.
Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
", + "base": "Contains the name and values of a manual DB cluster snapshot attribute.
Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other Amazon accounts to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
", "refs": { "DBClusterSnapshotAttributeList$member": null } @@ -535,7 +540,7 @@ } }, "DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult": { - "base": "Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API action.
Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
", + "base": "Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API action.
Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other Amazon accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
", "refs": { "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult$DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult": null, "ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeResult$DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult": null @@ -1088,9 +1093,9 @@ "DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsMessage$Filters": "This parameter is not currently supported.
", "DescribeDBClusterParametersMessage$Filters": "This parameter is not currently supported.
", "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsMessage$Filters": "This parameter is not currently supported.
", - "DescribeDBClustersMessage$Filters": "A filter that specifies one or more DB clusters to describe.
Supported filters:
db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information about the DB clusters identified by these ARNs.
engine - Accepts an engine name (such as neptune), and restricts the results list to DB clusters created by that engine.
For example, to invoke this API from the AWS CLI and filter so that only Neptune DB clusters are returned, you could use the following command:
", + "DescribeDBClustersMessage$Filters": "A filter that specifies one or more DB clusters to describe.
Supported filters:
db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information about the DB clusters identified by these ARNs.
engine - Accepts an engine name (such as neptune), and restricts the results list to DB clusters created by that engine.
For example, to invoke this API from the Amazon CLI and filter so that only Neptune DB clusters are returned, you could use the following command:
", "DescribeDBEngineVersionsMessage$Filters": "Not currently supported.
", - "DescribeDBInstancesMessage$Filters": "A filter that specifies one or more DB instances to describe.
Supported filters:
db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information about the DB instances associated with the DB clusters identified by these ARNs.
engine - Accepts an engine name (such as neptune), and restricts the results list to DB instances created by that engine.
For example, to invoke this API from the AWS CLI and filter so that only Neptune DB instances are returned, you could use the following command:
", + "DescribeDBInstancesMessage$Filters": "A filter that specifies one or more DB instances to describe.
Supported filters:
db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information about the DB instances associated with the DB clusters identified by these ARNs.
engine - Accepts an engine name (such as neptune), and restricts the results list to DB instances created by that engine.
For example, to invoke this API from the Amazon CLI and filter so that only Neptune DB instances are returned, you could use the following command:
", "DescribeDBParameterGroupsMessage$Filters": "This parameter is not currently supported.
", "DescribeDBParametersMessage$Filters": "This parameter is not currently supported.
", "DescribeDBSubnetGroupsMessage$Filters": "This parameter is not currently supported.
", @@ -1136,7 +1141,7 @@ "DBClusterSnapshot$AllocatedStorage": "Specifies the allocated storage size in gibibytes (GiB).
", "DBClusterSnapshot$Port": "Specifies the port that the DB cluster was listening on at the time of the snapshot.
", "DBClusterSnapshot$PercentProgress": "Specifies the percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred.
", - "DBInstance$AllocatedStorage": "Specifies the allocated storage size specified in gibibytes.
", + "DBInstance$AllocatedStorage": "Not supported by Neptune.
", "DBInstance$BackupRetentionPeriod": "Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained.
", "DBInstance$DbInstancePort": "Specifies the port that the DB instance listens on. If the DB instance is part of a DB cluster, this can be a different port than the DB cluster port.
", "Endpoint$Port": "Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on.
", @@ -1149,7 +1154,7 @@ "refs": { "CreateDBClusterMessage$BackupRetentionPeriod": "The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify a minimum value of 1.
Default: 1
Constraints:
Must be a value from 1 to 35
The port number on which the instances in the DB cluster accept connections.
Default: 8182
The amount of storage (in gibibytes) to allocate for the DB instance.
Type: Integer
Not applicable. Neptune cluster volumes automatically grow as the amount of data in your database increases, though you are only charged for the space that you use in a Neptune cluster volume.
", + "CreateDBInstanceMessage$AllocatedStorage": "Not supported by Neptune.
", "CreateDBInstanceMessage$BackupRetentionPeriod": "The number of days for which automated backups are retained.
Not applicable. The retention period for automated backups is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster.
Default: 1
Constraints:
Must be a value from 0 to 35
Cannot be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to Read Replicas
The port number on which the database accepts connections.
Not applicable. The port is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster.
Default: 8182
Type: Integer
", "CreateDBInstanceMessage$Iops": "The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be initially allocated for the DB instance.
", @@ -1181,7 +1186,7 @@ "DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsMessage$MaxRecords": " The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
Default: 100
Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
", "ModifyDBClusterMessage$BackupRetentionPeriod": "The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify a minimum value of 1.
Default: 1
Constraints:
Must be a value from 1 to 35
The port number on which the DB cluster accepts connections.
Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535
Default: The same port as the original DB cluster.
", - "ModifyDBInstanceMessage$AllocatedStorage": "The new amount of storage (in gibibytes) to allocate for the DB instance.
Not applicable. Storage is managed by the DB Cluster.
", + "ModifyDBInstanceMessage$AllocatedStorage": "Not supported by Neptune.
", "ModifyDBInstanceMessage$BackupRetentionPeriod": "Not applicable. The retention period for automated backups is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster.
Default: Uses existing setting
", "ModifyDBInstanceMessage$Iops": "The new Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value for the instance.
Changing this setting doesn't result in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request.
Default: Uses existing setting
", "ModifyDBInstanceMessage$MonitoringInterval": "The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify 0. The default is 0.
If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval to a value other than 0.
Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60
Provides information on the option groups the DB instance is a member of.
", + "base": "Not supported by Neptune.
", "refs": { "OptionGroupMembershipList$member": null } @@ -1663,12 +1668,12 @@ "AvailabilityZones$member": null, "CharacterSet$CharacterSetName": "The name of the character set.
", "CharacterSet$CharacterSetDescription": "The description of the character set.
", - "CopyDBClusterParameterGroupMessage$SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier": "The identifier or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster parameter group. For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing an Amazon Resource Name (ARN).
Constraints:
Must specify a valid DB cluster parameter group.
If the source DB cluster parameter group is in the same AWS Region as the copy, specify a valid DB parameter group identifier, for example my-db-cluster-param-group, or a valid ARN.
If the source DB parameter group is in a different AWS Region than the copy, specify a valid DB cluster parameter group ARN, for example arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:123456789012:cluster-pg:custom-cluster-group1.
The identifier or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster parameter group. For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing an Amazon Resource Name (ARN).
Constraints:
Must specify a valid DB cluster parameter group.
If the source DB cluster parameter group is in the same Amazon Region as the copy, specify a valid DB parameter group identifier, for example my-db-cluster-param-group, or a valid ARN.
If the source DB parameter group is in a different Amazon Region than the copy, specify a valid DB cluster parameter group ARN, for example arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:123456789012:cluster-pg:custom-cluster-group1.
The identifier for the copied DB cluster parameter group.
Constraints:
Cannot be null, empty, or blank
Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens
First character must be a letter
Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
Example: my-cluster-param-group1
A description for the copied DB cluster parameter group.
", - "CopyDBClusterSnapshotMessage$SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier": "The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to copy. This parameter is not case-sensitive.
You can't copy from one AWS Region to another.
Constraints:
Must specify a valid system snapshot in the \"available\" state.
Specify a valid DB snapshot identifier.
Example: my-cluster-snapshot1
The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to copy. This parameter is not case-sensitive.
Constraints:
Must specify a valid system snapshot in the \"available\" state.
Specify a valid DB snapshot identifier.
Example: my-cluster-snapshot1
The identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot to create from the source DB cluster snapshot. This parameter is not case-sensitive.
Constraints:
Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
First character must be a letter.
Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
Example: my-cluster-snapshot2
The AWS AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted DB cluster snapshot. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key.
If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from your AWS account, you can specify a value for KmsKeyId to encrypt the copy with a new KMS encryption key. If you don't specify a value for KmsKeyId, then the copy of the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB cluster snapshot.
If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot that is shared from another AWS account, then you must specify a value for KmsKeyId.
KMS encryption keys are specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use encryption keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region.
You cannot encrypt an unencrypted DB cluster snapshot when you copy it. If you try to copy an unencrypted DB cluster snapshot and specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, an error is returned.
", + "CopyDBClusterSnapshotMessage$KmsKeyId": "The Amazon Amazon KMS key ID for an encrypted DB cluster snapshot. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key.
If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from your Amazon account, you can specify a value for KmsKeyId to encrypt the copy with a new KMS encryption key. If you don't specify a value for KmsKeyId, then the copy of the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB cluster snapshot.
If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot that is shared from another Amazon account, then you must specify a value for KmsKeyId.
KMS encryption keys are specific to the Amazon Region that they are created in, and you can't use encryption keys from one Amazon Region in another Amazon Region.
You cannot encrypt an unencrypted DB cluster snapshot when you copy it. If you try to copy an unencrypted DB cluster snapshot and specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, an error is returned.
", "CopyDBClusterSnapshotMessage$PreSignedUrl": "Not currently supported.
", "CopyDBParameterGroupMessage$SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier": "The identifier or ARN for the source DB parameter group. For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing an Amazon Resource Name (ARN).
Constraints:
Must specify a valid DB parameter group.
Must specify a valid DB parameter group identifier, for example my-db-param-group, or a valid ARN.
The identifier for the copied DB parameter group.
Constraints:
Cannot be null, empty, or blank.
Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
First character must be a letter.
Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
Example: my-db-parameter-group
A DB subnet group to associate with this DB cluster.
Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be default.
Example: mySubnetgroup
The name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster.
Valid Values: neptune
The version number of the database engine to use for the new DB cluster.
Example: 1.0.2.1
The name of the master user for the DB cluster.
Constraints:
Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers.
First character must be a letter.
Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
The password for the master database user. This password can contain any printable ASCII character except \"/\", \"\"\", or \"@\".
Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
", + "CreateDBClusterMessage$MasterUsername": "Not supported by Neptune.
", + "CreateDBClusterMessage$MasterUserPassword": "Not supported by Neptune.
", "CreateDBClusterMessage$OptionGroupName": "(Not supported by Neptune)
", - "CreateDBClusterMessage$PreferredBackupWindow": "The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window in the Amazon Neptune User Guide.
Constraints:
Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
Must be at least 30 minutes.
The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window in the Amazon Neptune User Guide.
Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun.
Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
", + "CreateDBClusterMessage$PreferredBackupWindow": "The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each Amazon Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window in the Amazon Neptune User Guide.
Constraints:
Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
Must be at least 30 minutes.
The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each Amazon Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window in the Amazon Neptune User Guide.
Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun.
Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
", "CreateDBClusterMessage$ReplicationSourceIdentifier": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source DB instance or DB cluster if this DB cluster is created as a Read Replica.
", - "CreateDBClusterMessage$KmsKeyId": "The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster.
The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key.
If an encryption key is not specified in KmsKeyId:
If ReplicationSourceIdentifier identifies an encrypted source, then Amazon Neptune will use the encryption key used to encrypt the source. Otherwise, Amazon Neptune will use your default encryption key.
If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true and ReplicationSourceIdentifier is not specified, then Amazon Neptune will use your default encryption key.
AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region.
If you create a Read Replica of an encrypted DB cluster in another AWS Region, you must set KmsKeyId to a KMS key ID that is valid in the destination AWS Region. This key is used to encrypt the Read Replica in that AWS Region.
The Amazon KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster.
The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same Amazon account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key.
If an encryption key is not specified in KmsKeyId:
If ReplicationSourceIdentifier identifies an encrypted source, then Amazon Neptune will use the encryption key used to encrypt the source. Otherwise, Amazon Neptune will use your default encryption key.
If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true and ReplicationSourceIdentifier is not specified, then Amazon Neptune will use your default encryption key.
Amazon KMS creates the default encryption key for your Amazon account. Your Amazon account has a different default encryption key for each Amazon Region.
If you create a Read Replica of an encrypted DB cluster in another Amazon Region, you must set KmsKeyId to a KMS key ID that is valid in the destination Amazon Region. This key is used to encrypt the Read Replica in that Amazon Region.
This parameter is not currently supported.
", "CreateDBClusterParameterGroupMessage$DBClusterParameterGroupName": "The name of the DB cluster parameter group.
Constraints:
Must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup.
This value is stored as a lowercase string.
The DB cluster parameter group family name. A DB cluster parameter group can be associated with one and only one DB cluster parameter group family, and can be applied only to a DB cluster running a database engine and engine version compatible with that DB cluster parameter group family.
", @@ -1706,13 +1711,13 @@ "CreateDBClusterSnapshotMessage$DBClusterIdentifier": "The identifier of the DB cluster to create a snapshot for. This parameter is not case-sensitive.
Constraints:
Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster.
Example: my-cluster1
Not supported.
", "CreateDBInstanceMessage$DBInstanceIdentifier": "The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
Constraints:
Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
First character must be a letter.
Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
Example: mydbinstance
The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, db.m4.large. Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions.
The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, db.m4.large. Not all DB instance classes are available in all Amazon Regions.
The name of the database engine to be used for this instance.
Valid Values: neptune
The name for the master user. Not used.
", - "CreateDBInstanceMessage$MasterUserPassword": "The password for the master user. The password can include any printable ASCII character except \"/\", \"\"\", or \"@\".
Not used.
", - "CreateDBInstanceMessage$AvailabilityZone": "The EC2 Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in
Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's AWS Region.
Example: us-east-1d
Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter can't be specified if the MultiAZ parameter is set to true. The specified Availability Zone must be in the same AWS Region as the current endpoint.
Not supported by Neptune.
", + "CreateDBInstanceMessage$MasterUserPassword": "Not supported by Neptune.
", + "CreateDBInstanceMessage$AvailabilityZone": "The EC2 Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in
Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's Amazon Region.
Example: us-east-1d
Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter can't be specified if the MultiAZ parameter is set to true. The specified Availability Zone must be in the same Amazon Region as the current endpoint.
A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance.
If there is no DB subnet group, then it is a non-VPC DB instance.
", - "CreateDBInstanceMessage$PreferredMaintenanceWindow": "The time range each week during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week.
Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun.
Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
", + "CreateDBInstanceMessage$PreferredMaintenanceWindow": "The time range each week during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each Amazon Region, occurring on a random day of the week.
Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun.
Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
", "CreateDBInstanceMessage$DBParameterGroupName": "The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. If this argument is omitted, the default DBParameterGroup for the specified engine is used.
Constraints:
Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
First character must be a letter
Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
The daily time range during which automated backups are created.
Not applicable. The daily time range for creating automated backups is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster.
", "CreateDBInstanceMessage$EngineVersion": "The version number of the database engine to use. Currently, setting this parameter has no effect.
", @@ -1723,7 +1728,7 @@ "CreateDBInstanceMessage$StorageType": "Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
Not applicable. Storage is managed by the DB Cluster.
", "CreateDBInstanceMessage$TdeCredentialArn": "The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
", "CreateDBInstanceMessage$TdeCredentialPassword": "The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the device.
", - "CreateDBInstanceMessage$KmsKeyId": "The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance.
The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key.
Not applicable. The KMS key identifier is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster.
If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true, and you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon Neptune will use your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region.
The Amazon KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance.
The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same Amazon account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key.
Not applicable. The KMS key identifier is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster.
If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true, and you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon Neptune will use your default encryption key. Amazon KMS creates the default encryption key for your Amazon account. Your Amazon account has a different default encryption key for each Amazon Region.
Specify the Active Directory Domain to create the instance in.
", "CreateDBInstanceMessage$MonitoringRoleArn": "The ARN for the IAM role that permits Neptune to send enhanced monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess.
If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply a MonitoringRoleArn value.
Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the Directory Service.
", @@ -1737,7 +1742,7 @@ "CreateEventSubscriptionMessage$SubscriptionName": "The name of the subscription.
Constraints: The name must be less than 255 characters.
", "CreateEventSubscriptionMessage$SnsTopicArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification. The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to it.
", "CreateEventSubscriptionMessage$SourceType": "The type of source that is generating the events. For example, if you want to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this parameter to db-instance. if this value is not specified, all events are returned.
Valid values: db-instance | db-cluster | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | db-snapshot | db-cluster-snapshot
(Not supported by Neptune)
", + "DBCluster$CharacterSetName": "Not supported by Neptune.
", "DBCluster$DatabaseName": "Contains the name of the initial database of this DB cluster that was provided at create time, if one was specified when the DB cluster was created. This same name is returned for the life of the DB cluster.
", "DBCluster$DBClusterIdentifier": "Contains a user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique key that identifies a DB cluster.
", "DBCluster$DBClusterParameterGroup": "Specifies the name of the DB cluster parameter group for the DB cluster.
", @@ -1748,13 +1753,13 @@ "DBCluster$ReaderEndpoint": "The reader endpoint for the DB cluster. The reader endpoint for a DB cluster load-balances connections across the Read Replicas that are available in a DB cluster. As clients request new connections to the reader endpoint, Neptune distributes the connection requests among the Read Replicas in the DB cluster. This functionality can help balance your read workload across multiple Read Replicas in your DB cluster.
If a failover occurs, and the Read Replica that you are connected to is promoted to be the primary instance, your connection is dropped. To continue sending your read workload to other Read Replicas in the cluster, you can then reconnect to the reader endpoint.
", "DBCluster$Engine": "Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster.
", "DBCluster$EngineVersion": "Indicates the database engine version.
", - "DBCluster$MasterUsername": "Contains the master username for the DB cluster.
", + "DBCluster$MasterUsername": "Not supported by Neptune.
", "DBCluster$PreferredBackupWindow": "Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod.
Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
", "DBCluster$ReplicationSourceIdentifier": "Not supported by Neptune.
", "DBCluster$HostedZoneId": "Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone.
", - "DBCluster$KmsKeyId": "If StorageEncrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB cluster.
The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB cluster. This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB cluster is accessed.
", + "DBCluster$KmsKeyId": "If StorageEncrypted is true, the Amazon KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB cluster.
The Amazon Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB cluster. This identifier is found in Amazon CloudTrail log entries whenever the Amazon KMS key for the DB cluster is accessed.
", "DBCluster$DBClusterArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster.
", "DBCluster$CloneGroupId": "Identifies the clone group to which the DB cluster is associated.
", "DBClusterEndpoint$DBClusterEndpointIdentifier": "The identifier associated with the endpoint. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
", @@ -1769,8 +1774,8 @@ "DBClusterMember$DBInstanceIdentifier": "Specifies the instance identifier for this member of the DB cluster.
", "DBClusterMember$DBClusterParameterGroupStatus": "Specifies the status of the DB cluster parameter group for this member of the DB cluster.
", "DBClusterMessage$Marker": "A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DescribeDBClusters request.
", - "DBClusterOptionGroupStatus$DBClusterOptionGroupName": "Specifies the name of the DB cluster option group.
", - "DBClusterOptionGroupStatus$Status": "Specifies the status of the DB cluster option group.
", + "DBClusterOptionGroupStatus$DBClusterOptionGroupName": "Not supported by Neptune.
", + "DBClusterOptionGroupStatus$Status": "Not supported by Neptune.
", "DBClusterParameterGroup$DBClusterParameterGroupName": "Provides the name of the DB cluster parameter group.
", "DBClusterParameterGroup$DBParameterGroupFamily": "Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB cluster parameter group is compatible with.
", "DBClusterParameterGroup$Description": "Provides the customer-specified description for this DB cluster parameter group.
", @@ -1779,21 +1784,21 @@ "DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage$DBClusterParameterGroupName": "The name of the DB cluster parameter group.
Constraints:
Must be 1 to 255 letters or numbers.
First character must be a letter
Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
This value is stored as a lowercase string.
An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that is associated with the DB cluster.
", - "DBClusterRole$Status": "Describes the state of association between the IAM role and the DB cluster. The Status property returns one of the following values:
ACTIVE - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster and can be used to access other AWS services on your behalf.
PENDING - the IAM role ARN is being associated with the DB cluster.
INVALID - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster, but the DB cluster is unable to assume the IAM role in order to access other AWS services on your behalf.
The name of the feature associated with the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role. For the list of supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion.
", + "DBClusterRole$Status": "Describes the state of association between the IAM role and the DB cluster. The Status property returns one of the following values:
ACTIVE - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster and can be used to access other Amazon services on your behalf.
PENDING - the IAM role ARN is being associated with the DB cluster.
INVALID - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster, but the DB cluster is unable to assume the IAM role in order to access other Amazon services on your behalf.
The name of the feature associated with the Amazon Identity and Access Management (IAM) role. For the list of supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion.
", "DBClusterSnapshot$DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier": "Specifies the identifier for a DB cluster snapshot. Must match the identifier of an existing snapshot.
After you restore a DB cluster using a DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier, you must specify the same DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier for any future updates to the DB cluster. When you specify this property for an update, the DB cluster is not restored from the snapshot again, and the data in the database is not changed.
However, if you don't specify the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier, an empty DB cluster is created, and the original DB cluster is deleted. If you specify a property that is different from the previous snapshot restore property, the DB cluster is restored from the snapshot specified by the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier, and the original DB cluster is deleted.
Specifies the DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster that this DB cluster snapshot was created from.
", "DBClusterSnapshot$Engine": "Specifies the name of the database engine.
", "DBClusterSnapshot$Status": "Specifies the status of this DB cluster snapshot.
", "DBClusterSnapshot$VpcId": "Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB cluster snapshot.
", - "DBClusterSnapshot$MasterUsername": "Provides the master username for the DB cluster snapshot.
", + "DBClusterSnapshot$MasterUsername": "Not supported by Neptune.
", "DBClusterSnapshot$EngineVersion": "Provides the version of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot.
", "DBClusterSnapshot$LicenseModel": "Provides the license model information for this DB cluster snapshot.
", "DBClusterSnapshot$SnapshotType": "Provides the type of the DB cluster snapshot.
", - "DBClusterSnapshot$KmsKeyId": "If StorageEncrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot.
If StorageEncrypted is true, the Amazon KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot.
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster snapshot.
", "DBClusterSnapshot$SourceDBClusterSnapshotArn": "If the DB cluster snapshot was copied from a source DB cluster snapshot, the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster snapshot, otherwise, a null value.
", - "DBClusterSnapshotAttribute$AttributeName": "The name of the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute.
The attribute named restore refers to the list of AWS accounts that have permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
The name of the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute.
The attribute named restore refers to the list of Amazon accounts that have permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
The identifier of the manual DB cluster snapshot that the attributes apply to.
", "DBClusterSnapshotMessage$Marker": " An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterSnapshots request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
The name of the database engine.
", @@ -1806,7 +1811,7 @@ "DBInstance$DBInstanceClass": "Contains the name of the compute and memory capacity class of the DB instance.
", "DBInstance$Engine": "Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB instance.
", "DBInstance$DBInstanceStatus": "Specifies the current state of this database.
", - "DBInstance$MasterUsername": "Contains the master username for the DB instance.
", + "DBInstance$MasterUsername": "Not supported by Neptune.
", "DBInstance$DBName": "The database name.
", "DBInstance$PreferredBackupWindow": " Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod.
Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance is located in.
", @@ -1820,7 +1825,7 @@ "DBInstance$TdeCredentialArn": "The ARN from the key store with which the instance is associated for TDE encryption.
", "DBInstance$DBClusterIdentifier": "If the DB instance is a member of a DB cluster, contains the name of the DB cluster that the DB instance is a member of.
", "DBInstance$KmsKeyId": "Not supported: The encryption for DB instances is managed by the DB cluster.
", - "DBInstance$DbiResourceId": "The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB instance is accessed.
", + "DBInstance$DbiResourceId": "The Amazon Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier is found in Amazon CloudTrail log entries whenever the Amazon KMS key for the DB instance is accessed.
", "DBInstance$CACertificateIdentifier": "The identifier of the CA certificate for this DB instance.
", "DBInstance$EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon CloudWatch Logs log stream that receives the Enhanced Monitoring metrics data for the DB instance.
", "DBInstance$MonitoringRoleArn": "The ARN for the IAM role that permits Neptune to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs.
", @@ -1878,7 +1883,7 @@ "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesMessage$DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier": "The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to describe the attributes for.
", "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsMessage$DBClusterIdentifier": "The ID of the DB cluster to retrieve the list of DB cluster snapshots for. This parameter can't be used in conjunction with the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier parameter. This parameter is not case-sensitive.
Constraints:
If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster.
A specific DB cluster snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter can't be used in conjunction with the DBClusterIdentifier parameter. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
Constraints:
If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBClusterSnapshot.
If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the SnapshotType parameter must also be specified.
The type of DB cluster snapshots to be returned. You can specify one of the following values:
automated - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been automatically taken by Amazon Neptune for my AWS account.
manual - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been taken by my AWS account.
shared - Return all manual DB cluster snapshots that have been shared to my AWS account.
public - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been marked as public.
If you don't specify a SnapshotType value, then both automated and manual DB cluster snapshots are returned. You can include shared DB cluster snapshots with these results by setting the IncludeShared parameter to true. You can include public DB cluster snapshots with these results by setting the IncludePublic parameter to true.
The IncludeShared and IncludePublic parameters don't apply for SnapshotType values of manual or automated. The IncludePublic parameter doesn't apply when SnapshotType is set to shared. The IncludeShared parameter doesn't apply when SnapshotType is set to public.
The type of DB cluster snapshots to be returned. You can specify one of the following values:
automated - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been automatically taken by Amazon Neptune for my Amazon account.
manual - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been taken by my AWS account.
shared - Return all manual DB cluster snapshots that have been shared to my Amazon account.
public - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been marked as public.
If you don't specify a SnapshotType value, then both automated and manual DB cluster snapshots are returned. You can include shared DB cluster snapshots with these results by setting the IncludeShared parameter to true. You can include public DB cluster snapshots with these results by setting the IncludePublic parameter to true.
The IncludeShared and IncludePublic parameters don't apply for SnapshotType values of manual or automated. The IncludePublic parameter doesn't apply when SnapshotType is set to shared. The IncludeShared parameter doesn't apply when SnapshotType is set to public.
An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterSnapshots request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
The user-supplied DB cluster identifier. If this parameter is specified, information from only the specific DB cluster is returned. This parameter isn't case-sensitive.
Constraints:
If supplied, must match an existing DBClusterIdentifier.
An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusters request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event.
", "EventCategoriesList$member": null, "EventCategoriesMap$SourceType": "The source type that the returned categories belong to
", - "EventSubscription$CustomerAwsId": "The AWS customer account associated with the event notification subscription.
", + "EventSubscription$CustomerAwsId": "The Amazon customer account associated with the event notification subscription.
", "EventSubscription$CustSubscriptionId": "The event notification subscription Id.
", "EventSubscription$SnsTopicArn": "The topic ARN of the event notification subscription.
", "EventSubscription$Status": "The status of the event notification subscription.
Constraints:
Can be one of the following: creating | modifying | deleting | active | no-permission | topic-not-exist
The status \"no-permission\" indicates that Neptune no longer has permission to post to the SNS topic. The status \"topic-not-exist\" indicates that the topic was deleted after the subscription was created.
", @@ -1954,23 +1959,23 @@ "ModifyDBClusterMessage$DBClusterIdentifier": "The DB cluster identifier for the cluster being modified. This parameter is not case-sensitive.
Constraints:
Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster.
The new DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster when renaming a DB cluster. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
Constraints:
Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens
The first character must be a letter
Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
Example: my-cluster2
The name of the DB cluster parameter group to use for the DB cluster.
", - "ModifyDBClusterMessage$MasterUserPassword": "The new password for the master database user. This password can contain any printable ASCII character except \"/\", \"\"\", or \"@\".
Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
", - "ModifyDBClusterMessage$OptionGroupName": "(Not supported by Neptune)
", - "ModifyDBClusterMessage$PreferredBackupWindow": "The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region.
Constraints:
Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
Must be at least 30 minutes.
The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week.
Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun.
Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
", + "ModifyDBClusterMessage$MasterUserPassword": "Not supported by Neptune.
", + "ModifyDBClusterMessage$OptionGroupName": "Not supported by Neptune.
", + "ModifyDBClusterMessage$PreferredBackupWindow": "The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each Amazon Region.
Constraints:
Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
Must be at least 30 minutes.
The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each Amazon Region, occurring on a random day of the week.
Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun.
Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
", "ModifyDBClusterMessage$EngineVersion": "The version number of the database engine to which you want to upgrade. Changing this parameter results in an outage. The change is applied during the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true.
For a list of valid engine versions, see Engine Releases for Amazon Neptune, or call DescribeDBEngineVersions.
", "ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupMessage$DBClusterParameterGroupName": "The name of the DB cluster parameter group to modify.
", "ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeMessage$DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier": "The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to modify the attributes for.
", - "ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeMessage$AttributeName": "The name of the DB cluster snapshot attribute to modify.
To manage authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, set this value to restore.
The name of the DB cluster snapshot attribute to modify.
To manage authorization for other Amazon accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, set this value to restore.
The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
Constraints:
Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance.
The new compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, db.m4.large. Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions.
If you modify the DB instance class, an outage occurs during the change. The change is applied during the next maintenance window, unless ApplyImmediately is specified as true for this request.
Default: Uses existing setting
", "ModifyDBInstanceMessage$DBSubnetGroupName": "The new DB subnet group for the DB instance. You can use this parameter to move your DB instance to a different VPC.
Changing the subnet group causes an outage during the change. The change is applied during the next maintenance window, unless you specify true for the ApplyImmediately parameter.
Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup.
Example: mySubnetGroup
Not applicable.
", + "ModifyDBInstanceMessage$MasterUserPassword": "Not supported by Neptune.
", "ModifyDBInstanceMessage$DBParameterGroupName": "The name of the DB parameter group to apply to the DB instance. Changing this setting doesn't result in an outage. The parameter group name itself is changed immediately, but the actual parameter changes are not applied until you reboot the instance without failover. The db instance will NOT be rebooted automatically and the parameter changes will NOT be applied during the next maintenance window.
Default: Uses existing setting
Constraints: The DB parameter group must be in the same DB parameter group family as this DB instance.
", "ModifyDBInstanceMessage$PreferredBackupWindow": "The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled.
Not applicable. The daily time range for creating automated backups is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster.
Constraints:
Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi
Must be in Universal Time Coordinated (UTC)
Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window
Must be at least 30 minutes
The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur, which might result in an outage. Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage, except in the following situation, and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. If there are pending actions that cause a reboot, and the maintenance window is changed to include the current time, then changing this parameter will cause a reboot of the DB instance. If moving this window to the current time, there must be at least 30 minutes between the current time and end of the window to ensure pending changes are applied.
Default: Uses existing setting
Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun
Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes
", "ModifyDBInstanceMessage$EngineVersion": "The version number of the database engine to upgrade to. Currently, setting this parameter has no effect. To upgrade your database engine to the most recent release, use the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API.
", - "ModifyDBInstanceMessage$LicenseModel": "Not supported.
", + "ModifyDBInstanceMessage$LicenseModel": "Not supported by Neptune.
", "ModifyDBInstanceMessage$OptionGroupName": "(Not supported by Neptune)
", "ModifyDBInstanceMessage$NewDBInstanceIdentifier": " The new DB instance identifier for the DB instance when renaming a DB instance. When you change the DB instance identifier, an instance reboot will occur immediately if you set Apply Immediately to true, or will occur during the next maintenance window if Apply Immediately to false. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
Constraints:
Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens.
The first character must be a letter.
Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
Example: mydbinstance
Not supported.
", @@ -1987,8 +1992,8 @@ "ModifyEventSubscriptionMessage$SubscriptionName": "The name of the event notification subscription.
", "ModifyEventSubscriptionMessage$SnsTopicArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification. The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to it.
", "ModifyEventSubscriptionMessage$SourceType": "The type of source that is generating the events. For example, if you want to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this parameter to db-instance. if this value is not specified, all events are returned.
Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | db-snapshot
", - "OptionGroupMembership$OptionGroupName": "The name of the option group that the instance belongs to.
", - "OptionGroupMembership$Status": "The status of the DB instance's option group membership. Valid values are: in-sync, pending-apply, pending-removal, pending-maintenance-apply, pending-maintenance-removal, applying, removing, and failed.
Not supported by Neptune.
", + "OptionGroupMembership$Status": "Not supported by Neptune.
", "OrderableDBInstanceOption$Engine": "The engine type of a DB instance.
", "OrderableDBInstanceOption$EngineVersion": "The engine version of a DB instance.
", "OrderableDBInstanceOption$DBInstanceClass": "The DB instance class for a DB instance.
", @@ -2008,9 +2013,9 @@ "PendingMaintenanceAction$Description": "A description providing more detail about the maintenance action.
", "PendingMaintenanceActionsMessage$Marker": " An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribePendingMaintenanceActions request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to a number of records specified by MaxRecords.
Contains the new DBInstanceClass for the DB instance that will be applied or is currently being applied.
Contains the pending or currently-in-progress change of the master credentials for the DB instance.
", + "PendingModifiedValues$MasterUserPassword": "Not supported by Neptune.
", "PendingModifiedValues$EngineVersion": "Indicates the database engine version.
", - "PendingModifiedValues$LicenseModel": "The license model for the DB instance.
Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license
Not supported by Neptune.
", "PendingModifiedValues$DBInstanceIdentifier": " Contains the new DBInstanceIdentifier for the DB instance that will be applied or is currently being applied.
Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
", "PendingModifiedValues$CACertificateIdentifier": "Specifies the identifier of the CA certificate for the DB instance.
", @@ -2036,14 +2041,14 @@ "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotMessage$DBSubnetGroupName": "The name of the DB subnet group to use for the new DB cluster.
Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup.
Example: mySubnetgroup
Not supported.
", "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotMessage$OptionGroupName": "(Not supported by Neptune)
", - "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotMessage$KmsKeyId": "The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot.
The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key.
If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following will occur:
If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in SnapshotIdentifier is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is encrypted using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot.
If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in SnapshotIdentifier is not encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is not encrypted.
The Amazon KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot.
The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same Amazon account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key.
If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following will occur:
If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in SnapshotIdentifier is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is encrypted using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot.
If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in SnapshotIdentifier is not encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is not encrypted.
The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with the new DB cluster.
Constraints:
If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup.
The name of the new DB cluster to be created.
Constraints:
Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens
First character must be a letter
Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
The type of restore to be performed. You can specify one of the following values:
full-copy - The new DB cluster is restored as a full copy of the source DB cluster.
copy-on-write - The new DB cluster is restored as a clone of the source DB cluster.
If you don't specify a RestoreType value, then the new DB cluster is restored as a full copy of the source DB cluster.
The identifier of the source DB cluster from which to restore.
Constraints:
Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster.
The DB subnet group name to use for the new DB cluster.
Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup.
Example: mySubnetgroup
(Not supported by Neptune)
", - "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeMessage$KmsKeyId": "The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster from an encrypted DB cluster.
The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key.
You can restore to a new DB cluster and encrypt the new DB cluster with a KMS key that is different than the KMS key used to encrypt the source DB cluster. The new DB cluster is encrypted with the KMS key identified by the KmsKeyId parameter.
If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following will occur:
If the DB cluster is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is encrypted using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the source DB cluster.
If the DB cluster is not encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is not encrypted.
If DBClusterIdentifier refers to a DB cluster that is not encrypted, then the restore request is rejected.
The Amazon KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster from an encrypted DB cluster.
The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same Amazon account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key.
You can restore to a new DB cluster and encrypt the new DB cluster with a KMS key that is different than the KMS key used to encrypt the source DB cluster. The new DB cluster is encrypted with the KMS key identified by the KmsKeyId parameter.
If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following will occur:
If the DB cluster is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is encrypted using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the source DB cluster.
If the DB cluster is not encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is not encrypted.
If DBClusterIdentifier refers to a DB cluster that is not encrypted, then the restore request is rejected.
The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with the new DB cluster.
Constraints:
If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup.
The DB cluster identifier of the Neptune DB cluster to be started. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
", @@ -2138,6 +2143,7 @@ "DBCluster$EarliestRestorableTime": "Specifies the earliest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time restore.
", "DBCluster$LatestRestorableTime": "Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time restore.
", "DBCluster$ClusterCreateTime": "Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
", + "DBCluster$AutomaticRestartTime": "Time at which the DB cluster will be automatically restarted.
", "DBClusterSnapshot$SnapshotCreateTime": "Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
", "DBClusterSnapshot$ClusterCreateTime": "Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
", "DBInstance$InstanceCreateTime": "Provides the date and time the DB instance was created.
", diff --git a/models/apis/neptune/2014-10-31/paginators-1.json b/models/apis/neptune/2014-10-31/paginators-1.json index fddbddd2e11..17b23260fd0 100644 --- a/models/apis/neptune/2014-10-31/paginators-1.json +++ b/models/apis/neptune/2014-10-31/paginators-1.json @@ -6,6 +6,30 @@ "output_token": "Marker", "result_key": "DBClusterEndpoints" }, + "DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups": { + "input_token": "Marker", + "limit_key": "MaxRecords", + "output_token": "Marker", + "result_key": "DBClusterParameterGroups" + }, + "DescribeDBClusterParameters": { + "input_token": "Marker", + "limit_key": "MaxRecords", + "output_token": "Marker", + "result_key": "Parameters" + }, + "DescribeDBClusterSnapshots": { + "input_token": "Marker", + "limit_key": "MaxRecords", + "output_token": "Marker", + "result_key": "DBClusterSnapshots" + }, + "DescribeDBClusters": { + "input_token": "Marker", + "limit_key": "MaxRecords", + "output_token": "Marker", + "result_key": "DBClusters" + }, "DescribeDBEngineVersions": { "input_token": "Marker", "limit_key": "MaxRecords", @@ -60,6 +84,12 @@ "output_token": "Marker", "result_key": "OrderableDBInstanceOptions" }, + "DescribePendingMaintenanceActions": { + "input_token": "Marker", + "limit_key": "MaxRecords", + "output_token": "Marker", + "result_key": "PendingMaintenanceActions" + }, "ListTagsForResource": { "result_key": "TagList" } diff --git a/models/apis/sagemaker-a2i-runtime/2019-11-07/docs-2.json b/models/apis/sagemaker-a2i-runtime/2019-11-07/docs-2.json index eb20d85f5f6..fc6639f9634 100644 --- a/models/apis/sagemaker-a2i-runtime/2019-11-07/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/sagemaker-a2i-runtime/2019-11-07/docs-2.json @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ { "version": "2.0", - "service": "Amazon Augmented AI is in preview release and is subject to change. We do not recommend using this product in production environments.
Amazon Augmented AI (Amazon A2I) adds the benefit of human judgment to any machine learning application. When an AI application can't evaluate data with a high degree of confidence, human reviewers can take over. This human review is called a human review workflow. To create and start a human review workflow, you need three resources: a worker task template, a flow definition, and a human loop.
For information about these resources and prerequisites for using Amazon A2I, see Get Started with Amazon Augmented AI in the Amazon SageMaker Developer Guide.
This API reference includes information about API actions and data types that you can use to interact with Amazon A2I programmatically. Use this guide to:
Start a human loop with the StartHumanLoop operation when using Amazon A2I with a custom task type. To learn more about the difference between custom and built-in task types, see Use Task Types . To learn how to start a human loop using this API, see Create and Start a Human Loop for a Custom Task Type in the Amazon SageMaker Developer Guide.
Manage your human loops. You can list all human loops that you have created, describe individual human loops, and stop and delete human loops. To learn more, see Monitor and Manage Your Human Loop in the Amazon SageMaker Developer Guide.
Amazon A2I integrates APIs from various AWS services to create and start human review workflows for those services. To learn how Amazon A2I uses these APIs, see Use APIs in Amazon A2I in the Amazon SageMaker Developer Guide.
", + "service": "Amazon Augmented AI (Amazon A2I) adds the benefit of human judgment to any machine learning application. When an AI application can't evaluate data with a high degree of confidence, human reviewers can take over. This human review is called a human review workflow. To create and start a human review workflow, you need three resources: a worker task template, a flow definition, and a human loop.
For information about these resources and prerequisites for using Amazon A2I, see Get Started with Amazon Augmented AI in the Amazon SageMaker Developer Guide.
This API reference includes information about API actions and data types that you can use to interact with Amazon A2I programmatically. Use this guide to:
Start a human loop with the StartHumanLoop operation when using Amazon A2I with a custom task type. To learn more about the difference between custom and built-in task types, see Use Task Types . To learn how to start a human loop using this API, see Create and Start a Human Loop for a Custom Task Type in the Amazon SageMaker Developer Guide.
Manage your human loops. You can list all human loops that you have created, describe individual human loops, and stop and delete human loops. To learn more, see Monitor and Manage Your Human Loop in the Amazon SageMaker Developer Guide.
Amazon A2I integrates APIs from various AWS services to create and start human review workflows for those services. To learn how Amazon A2I uses these APIs, see Use APIs in Amazon A2I in the Amazon SageMaker Developer Guide.
", "operations": { - "DeleteHumanLoop": "Deletes the specified human loop for a flow definition.
", - "DescribeHumanLoop": "Returns information about the specified human loop.
", + "DeleteHumanLoop": "Deletes the specified human loop for a flow definition.
If the human loop was deleted, this operation will return a ResourceNotFoundException.
Returns information about the specified human loop. If the human loop was deleted, this operation will return a ResourceNotFoundException error.
Returns information about human loops, given the specified parameters. If a human loop was deleted, it will not be included.
", "StartHumanLoop": "Starts a human loop, provided that at least one activation condition is met.
", "StopHumanLoop": "Stops the specified human loop.
" @@ -157,12 +157,12 @@ } }, "ResourceNotFoundException": { - "base": "We couldn't find the requested resource.
", + "base": "We couldn't find the requested resource. Check that your resources exists and were created in the same AWS Region as your request, and try your request again.
", "refs": { } }, "ServiceQuotaExceededException": { - "base": "You exceeded your service quota. Delete some resources or request an increase in your service quota.
", + "base": "You exceeded your service quota. Service quotas, also referred to as limits, are the maximum number of service resources or operations for your AWS account. For a list of Amazon A2I service quotes, see Amazon Augmented AI Service Quotes. Delete some resources or request an increase in your service quota. You can request a quota increase using Service Quotas or the AWS Support Center. To request an increase, see AWS Service Quotas in the AWS General Reference.
", "refs": { } }, @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ "base": null, "refs": { "DescribeHumanLoopResponse$FailureReason": "The reason why a human loop failed. The failure reason is returned when the status of the human loop is Failed.
A failure code that identifies the type of failure.
", + "DescribeHumanLoopResponse$FailureCode": "A failure code that identifies the type of failure.
Possible values: ValidationError, Expired, InternalError
The location of the Amazon S3 object where Amazon Augmented AI stores your human loop output.
" } }, diff --git a/service/applicationcostprofiler/api.go b/service/applicationcostprofiler/api.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..867a6c0332e --- /dev/null +++ b/service/applicationcostprofiler/api.go @@ -0,0 +1,1772 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package applicationcostprofiler + +import ( + "fmt" + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol" +) + +const opDeleteReportDefinition = "DeleteReportDefinition" + +// DeleteReportDefinitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteReportDefinition operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteReportDefinition for more information on using the DeleteReportDefinition +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteReportDefinitionRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteReportDefinitionRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/AWSApplicationCostProfiler-2020-09-10/DeleteReportDefinition +func (c *ApplicationCostProfiler) DeleteReportDefinitionRequest(input *DeleteReportDefinitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteReportDefinitionOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteReportDefinition, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/reportDefinition/{reportId}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteReportDefinitionInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteReportDefinitionOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DeleteReportDefinition API operation for AWS Application Cost Profiler. +// +// Deletes the specified report definition in AWS Application Cost Profiler. +// This stops the report from being generated. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Application Cost Profiler's +// API operation DeleteReportDefinition for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Types: +// * InternalServerException +// An internal server error occurred. Retry your request. +// +// * ThrottlingException +// The calls to AWS Application Cost Profiler API are throttled. The request +// was denied. +// +// * ValidationException +// The input fails to satisfy the constraints for the API. +// +// * AccessDeniedException +// You do not have permission to perform this action. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/AWSApplicationCostProfiler-2020-09-10/DeleteReportDefinition +func (c *ApplicationCostProfiler) DeleteReportDefinition(input *DeleteReportDefinitionInput) (*DeleteReportDefinitionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteReportDefinitionRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteReportDefinitionWithContext is the same as DeleteReportDefinition with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteReportDefinition for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *ApplicationCostProfiler) DeleteReportDefinitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteReportDefinitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteReportDefinitionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteReportDefinitionRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetReportDefinition = "GetReportDefinition" + +// GetReportDefinitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetReportDefinition operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetReportDefinition for more information on using the GetReportDefinition +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetReportDefinitionRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetReportDefinitionRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/AWSApplicationCostProfiler-2020-09-10/GetReportDefinition +func (c *ApplicationCostProfiler) GetReportDefinitionRequest(input *GetReportDefinitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetReportDefinitionOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetReportDefinition, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/reportDefinition/{reportId}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetReportDefinitionInput{} + } + + output = &GetReportDefinitionOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetReportDefinition API operation for AWS Application Cost Profiler. +// +// Retrieves the definition of a report already configured in AWS Application +// Cost Profiler. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Application Cost Profiler's +// API operation GetReportDefinition for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Types: +// * InternalServerException +// An internal server error occurred. Retry your request. +// +// * ThrottlingException +// The calls to AWS Application Cost Profiler API are throttled. The request +// was denied. +// +// * ValidationException +// The input fails to satisfy the constraints for the API. +// +// * AccessDeniedException +// You do not have permission to perform this action. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/AWSApplicationCostProfiler-2020-09-10/GetReportDefinition +func (c *ApplicationCostProfiler) GetReportDefinition(input *GetReportDefinitionInput) (*GetReportDefinitionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetReportDefinitionRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetReportDefinitionWithContext is the same as GetReportDefinition with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetReportDefinition for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *ApplicationCostProfiler) GetReportDefinitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetReportDefinitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetReportDefinitionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetReportDefinitionRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opImportApplicationUsage = "ImportApplicationUsage" + +// ImportApplicationUsageRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ImportApplicationUsage operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ImportApplicationUsage for more information on using the ImportApplicationUsage +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ImportApplicationUsageRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ImportApplicationUsageRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/AWSApplicationCostProfiler-2020-09-10/ImportApplicationUsage +func (c *ApplicationCostProfiler) ImportApplicationUsageRequest(input *ImportApplicationUsageInput) (req *request.Request, output *ImportApplicationUsageOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opImportApplicationUsage, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/importApplicationUsage", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ImportApplicationUsageInput{} + } + + output = &ImportApplicationUsageOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ImportApplicationUsage API operation for AWS Application Cost Profiler. +// +// Ingests application usage data from Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon +// S3). +// +// The data must already exist in the S3 location. As part of the action, AWS +// Application Cost Profiler copies the object from your S3 bucket to an S3 +// bucket owned by Amazon for processing asynchronously. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Application Cost Profiler's +// API operation ImportApplicationUsage for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Types: +// * InternalServerException +// An internal server error occurred. Retry your request. +// +// * ThrottlingException +// The calls to AWS Application Cost Profiler API are throttled. The request +// was denied. +// +// * ValidationException +// The input fails to satisfy the constraints for the API. +// +// * AccessDeniedException +// You do not have permission to perform this action. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/AWSApplicationCostProfiler-2020-09-10/ImportApplicationUsage +func (c *ApplicationCostProfiler) ImportApplicationUsage(input *ImportApplicationUsageInput) (*ImportApplicationUsageOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ImportApplicationUsageRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ImportApplicationUsageWithContext is the same as ImportApplicationUsage with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ImportApplicationUsage for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *ApplicationCostProfiler) ImportApplicationUsageWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ImportApplicationUsageInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ImportApplicationUsageOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ImportApplicationUsageRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opListReportDefinitions = "ListReportDefinitions" + +// ListReportDefinitionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListReportDefinitions operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ListReportDefinitions for more information on using the ListReportDefinitions +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListReportDefinitionsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListReportDefinitionsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/AWSApplicationCostProfiler-2020-09-10/ListReportDefinitions +func (c *ApplicationCostProfiler) ListReportDefinitionsRequest(input *ListReportDefinitionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListReportDefinitionsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListReportDefinitions, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/reportDefinition", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"nextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"nextToken"}, + LimitToken: "maxResults", + TruncationToken: "", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListReportDefinitionsInput{} + } + + output = &ListReportDefinitionsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListReportDefinitions API operation for AWS Application Cost Profiler. +// +// Retrieves a list of all reports and their configurations for your AWS account. +// +// The maximum number of reports is one. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Application Cost Profiler's +// API operation ListReportDefinitions for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Types: +// * InternalServerException +// An internal server error occurred. Retry your request. +// +// * ThrottlingException +// The calls to AWS Application Cost Profiler API are throttled. The request +// was denied. +// +// * ValidationException +// The input fails to satisfy the constraints for the API. +// +// * AccessDeniedException +// You do not have permission to perform this action. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/AWSApplicationCostProfiler-2020-09-10/ListReportDefinitions +func (c *ApplicationCostProfiler) ListReportDefinitions(input *ListReportDefinitionsInput) (*ListReportDefinitionsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListReportDefinitionsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListReportDefinitionsWithContext is the same as ListReportDefinitions with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListReportDefinitions for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *ApplicationCostProfiler) ListReportDefinitionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListReportDefinitionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListReportDefinitionsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListReportDefinitionsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListReportDefinitionsPages iterates over the pages of a ListReportDefinitions operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See ListReportDefinitions method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListReportDefinitions operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.ListReportDefinitionsPages(params, +// func(page *applicationcostprofiler.ListReportDefinitionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *ApplicationCostProfiler) ListReportDefinitionsPages(input *ListReportDefinitionsInput, fn func(*ListReportDefinitionsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.ListReportDefinitionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// ListReportDefinitionsPagesWithContext same as ListReportDefinitionsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *ApplicationCostProfiler) ListReportDefinitionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListReportDefinitionsInput, fn func(*ListReportDefinitionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *ListReportDefinitionsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.ListReportDefinitionsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*ListReportDefinitionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } + } + + return p.Err() +} + +const opPutReportDefinition = "PutReportDefinition" + +// PutReportDefinitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutReportDefinition operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See PutReportDefinition for more information on using the PutReportDefinition +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutReportDefinitionRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutReportDefinitionRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/AWSApplicationCostProfiler-2020-09-10/PutReportDefinition +func (c *ApplicationCostProfiler) PutReportDefinitionRequest(input *PutReportDefinitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutReportDefinitionOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutReportDefinition, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/reportDefinition", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutReportDefinitionInput{} + } + + output = &PutReportDefinitionOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// PutReportDefinition API operation for AWS Application Cost Profiler. +// +// Creates the report definition for a report in Application Cost Profiler. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Application Cost Profiler's +// API operation PutReportDefinition for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Types: +// * InternalServerException +// An internal server error occurred. Retry your request. +// +// * ThrottlingException +// The calls to AWS Application Cost Profiler API are throttled. The request +// was denied. +// +// * ValidationException +// The input fails to satisfy the constraints for the API. +// +// * AccessDeniedException +// You do not have permission to perform this action. +// +// * ServiceQuotaExceededException +// Your request exceeds one or more of the service quotas. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/AWSApplicationCostProfiler-2020-09-10/PutReportDefinition +func (c *ApplicationCostProfiler) PutReportDefinition(input *PutReportDefinitionInput) (*PutReportDefinitionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutReportDefinitionRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutReportDefinitionWithContext is the same as PutReportDefinition with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutReportDefinition for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *ApplicationCostProfiler) PutReportDefinitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutReportDefinitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutReportDefinitionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutReportDefinitionRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opUpdateReportDefinition = "UpdateReportDefinition" + +// UpdateReportDefinitionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UpdateReportDefinition operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See UpdateReportDefinition for more information on using the UpdateReportDefinition +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the UpdateReportDefinitionRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UpdateReportDefinitionRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/AWSApplicationCostProfiler-2020-09-10/UpdateReportDefinition +func (c *ApplicationCostProfiler) UpdateReportDefinitionRequest(input *UpdateReportDefinitionInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateReportDefinitionOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUpdateReportDefinition, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/reportDefinition/{reportId}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UpdateReportDefinitionInput{} + } + + output = &UpdateReportDefinitionOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// UpdateReportDefinition API operation for AWS Application Cost Profiler. +// +// Updates existing report in AWS Application Cost Profiler. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Application Cost Profiler's +// API operation UpdateReportDefinition for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Types: +// * InternalServerException +// An internal server error occurred. Retry your request. +// +// * ThrottlingException +// The calls to AWS Application Cost Profiler API are throttled. The request +// was denied. +// +// * ValidationException +// The input fails to satisfy the constraints for the API. +// +// * AccessDeniedException +// You do not have permission to perform this action. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/AWSApplicationCostProfiler-2020-09-10/UpdateReportDefinition +func (c *ApplicationCostProfiler) UpdateReportDefinition(input *UpdateReportDefinitionInput) (*UpdateReportDefinitionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateReportDefinitionRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UpdateReportDefinitionWithContext is the same as UpdateReportDefinition with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UpdateReportDefinition for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *ApplicationCostProfiler) UpdateReportDefinitionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateReportDefinitionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateReportDefinitionOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateReportDefinitionRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// You do not have permission to perform this action. +type AccessDeniedException struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` + + Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AccessDeniedException) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AccessDeniedException) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +func newErrorAccessDeniedException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { + return &AccessDeniedException{ + RespMetadata: v, + } +} + +// Code returns the exception type name. +func (s *AccessDeniedException) Code() string { + return "AccessDeniedException" +} + +// Message returns the exception's message. +func (s *AccessDeniedException) Message() string { + if s.Message_ != nil { + return *s.Message_ + } + return "" +} + +// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. +func (s *AccessDeniedException) OrigErr() error { + return nil +} + +func (s *AccessDeniedException) Error() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) +} + +// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. +func (s *AccessDeniedException) StatusCode() int { + return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode +} + +// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. +func (s *AccessDeniedException) RequestID() string { + return s.RespMetadata.RequestID +} + +type DeleteReportDefinitionInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Required. ID of the report to delete. + // + // ReportId is a required field + ReportId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"reportId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteReportDefinitionInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteReportDefinitionInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteReportDefinitionInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteReportDefinitionInput"} + if s.ReportId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReportId")) + } + if s.ReportId != nil && len(*s.ReportId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ReportId", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetReportId sets the ReportId field's value. +func (s *DeleteReportDefinitionInput) SetReportId(v string) *DeleteReportDefinitionInput { + s.ReportId = &v + return s +} + +type DeleteReportDefinitionOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // ID of the report that was deleted. + ReportId *string `locationName:"reportId" min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteReportDefinitionOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteReportDefinitionOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetReportId sets the ReportId field's value. +func (s *DeleteReportDefinitionOutput) SetReportId(v string) *DeleteReportDefinitionOutput { + s.ReportId = &v + return s +} + +type GetReportDefinitionInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // ID of the report to retrieve. + // + // ReportId is a required field + ReportId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"reportId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetReportDefinitionInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetReportDefinitionInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetReportDefinitionInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetReportDefinitionInput"} + if s.ReportId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReportId")) + } + if s.ReportId != nil && len(*s.ReportId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ReportId", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetReportId sets the ReportId field's value. +func (s *GetReportDefinitionInput) SetReportId(v string) *GetReportDefinitionInput { + s.ReportId = &v + return s +} + +type GetReportDefinitionOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Timestamp (milliseconds) when this report definition was created. + // + // CreatedAt is a required field + CreatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"createdAt" type:"timestamp" required:"true"` + + // Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) location where the report is uploaded. + // + // DestinationS3Location is a required field + DestinationS3Location *S3Location `locationName:"destinationS3Location" type:"structure" required:"true"` + + // Format of the generated report. + // + // Format is a required field + Format *string `locationName:"format" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Format"` + + // Timestamp (milliseconds) when this report definition was last updated. + // + // LastUpdated is a required field + LastUpdated *time.Time `locationName:"lastUpdated" type:"timestamp" required:"true"` + + // Description of the report. + // + // ReportDescription is a required field + ReportDescription *string `locationName:"reportDescription" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Cadence used to generate the report. + // + // ReportFrequency is a required field + ReportFrequency *string `locationName:"reportFrequency" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ReportFrequency"` + + // ID of the report retrieved. + // + // ReportId is a required field + ReportId *string `locationName:"reportId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetReportDefinitionOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetReportDefinitionOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCreatedAt sets the CreatedAt field's value. +func (s *GetReportDefinitionOutput) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time) *GetReportDefinitionOutput { + s.CreatedAt = &v + return s +} + +// SetDestinationS3Location sets the DestinationS3Location field's value. +func (s *GetReportDefinitionOutput) SetDestinationS3Location(v *S3Location) *GetReportDefinitionOutput { + s.DestinationS3Location = v + return s +} + +// SetFormat sets the Format field's value. +func (s *GetReportDefinitionOutput) SetFormat(v string) *GetReportDefinitionOutput { + s.Format = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastUpdated sets the LastUpdated field's value. +func (s *GetReportDefinitionOutput) SetLastUpdated(v time.Time) *GetReportDefinitionOutput { + s.LastUpdated = &v + return s +} + +// SetReportDescription sets the ReportDescription field's value. +func (s *GetReportDefinitionOutput) SetReportDescription(v string) *GetReportDefinitionOutput { + s.ReportDescription = &v + return s +} + +// SetReportFrequency sets the ReportFrequency field's value. +func (s *GetReportDefinitionOutput) SetReportFrequency(v string) *GetReportDefinitionOutput { + s.ReportFrequency = &v + return s +} + +// SetReportId sets the ReportId field's value. +func (s *GetReportDefinitionOutput) SetReportId(v string) *GetReportDefinitionOutput { + s.ReportId = &v + return s +} + +type ImportApplicationUsageInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Amazon S3 location to import application usage data from. + // + // SourceS3Location is a required field + SourceS3Location *SourceS3Location `locationName:"sourceS3Location" type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ImportApplicationUsageInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ImportApplicationUsageInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ImportApplicationUsageInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ImportApplicationUsageInput"} + if s.SourceS3Location == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceS3Location")) + } + if s.SourceS3Location != nil { + if err := s.SourceS3Location.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("SourceS3Location", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetSourceS3Location sets the SourceS3Location field's value. +func (s *ImportApplicationUsageInput) SetSourceS3Location(v *SourceS3Location) *ImportApplicationUsageInput { + s.SourceS3Location = v + return s +} + +type ImportApplicationUsageOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // ID of the import request. + // + // ImportId is a required field + ImportId *string `locationName:"importId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ImportApplicationUsageOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ImportApplicationUsageOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetImportId sets the ImportId field's value. +func (s *ImportApplicationUsageOutput) SetImportId(v string) *ImportApplicationUsageOutput { + s.ImportId = &v + return s +} + +// An internal server error occurred. Retry your request. +type InternalServerException struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` + + Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InternalServerException) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InternalServerException) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +func newErrorInternalServerException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { + return &InternalServerException{ + RespMetadata: v, + } +} + +// Code returns the exception type name. +func (s *InternalServerException) Code() string { + return "InternalServerException" +} + +// Message returns the exception's message. +func (s *InternalServerException) Message() string { + if s.Message_ != nil { + return *s.Message_ + } + return "" +} + +// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. +func (s *InternalServerException) OrigErr() error { + return nil +} + +func (s *InternalServerException) Error() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) +} + +// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. +func (s *InternalServerException) StatusCode() int { + return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode +} + +// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. +func (s *InternalServerException) RequestID() string { + return s.RespMetadata.RequestID +} + +type ListReportDefinitionsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The maximum number of results to return. + MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` + + // The token value from a previous call to access the next page of results. + NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListReportDefinitionsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListReportDefinitionsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListReportDefinitionsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListReportDefinitionsInput"} + if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) + } + if s.NextToken != nil && len(*s.NextToken) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NextToken", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. +func (s *ListReportDefinitionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListReportDefinitionsInput { + s.MaxResults = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *ListReportDefinitionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListReportDefinitionsInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +type ListReportDefinitionsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The value of the next token, if it exists. Null if there are no more results. + NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The retrieved reports. + ReportDefinitions []*ReportDefinition `locationName:"reportDefinitions" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListReportDefinitionsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListReportDefinitionsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *ListReportDefinitionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListReportDefinitionsOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetReportDefinitions sets the ReportDefinitions field's value. +func (s *ListReportDefinitionsOutput) SetReportDefinitions(v []*ReportDefinition) *ListReportDefinitionsOutput { + s.ReportDefinitions = v + return s +} + +type PutReportDefinitionInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Required. Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) location where Application + // Cost Profiler uploads the report. + // + // DestinationS3Location is a required field + DestinationS3Location *S3Location `locationName:"destinationS3Location" type:"structure" required:"true"` + + // Required. The format to use for the generated report. + // + // Format is a required field + Format *string `locationName:"format" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Format"` + + // Required. Description of the report. + // + // ReportDescription is a required field + ReportDescription *string `locationName:"reportDescription" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Required. The cadence to generate the report. + // + // ReportFrequency is a required field + ReportFrequency *string `locationName:"reportFrequency" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ReportFrequency"` + + // Required. ID of the report. You can choose any valid string matching the + // pattern for the ID. + // + // ReportId is a required field + ReportId *string `locationName:"reportId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutReportDefinitionInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutReportDefinitionInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutReportDefinitionInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutReportDefinitionInput"} + if s.DestinationS3Location == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DestinationS3Location")) + } + if s.Format == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Format")) + } + if s.ReportDescription == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReportDescription")) + } + if s.ReportDescription != nil && len(*s.ReportDescription) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ReportDescription", 1)) + } + if s.ReportFrequency == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReportFrequency")) + } + if s.ReportId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReportId")) + } + if s.ReportId != nil && len(*s.ReportId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ReportId", 1)) + } + if s.DestinationS3Location != nil { + if err := s.DestinationS3Location.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("DestinationS3Location", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDestinationS3Location sets the DestinationS3Location field's value. +func (s *PutReportDefinitionInput) SetDestinationS3Location(v *S3Location) *PutReportDefinitionInput { + s.DestinationS3Location = v + return s +} + +// SetFormat sets the Format field's value. +func (s *PutReportDefinitionInput) SetFormat(v string) *PutReportDefinitionInput { + s.Format = &v + return s +} + +// SetReportDescription sets the ReportDescription field's value. +func (s *PutReportDefinitionInput) SetReportDescription(v string) *PutReportDefinitionInput { + s.ReportDescription = &v + return s +} + +// SetReportFrequency sets the ReportFrequency field's value. +func (s *PutReportDefinitionInput) SetReportFrequency(v string) *PutReportDefinitionInput { + s.ReportFrequency = &v + return s +} + +// SetReportId sets the ReportId field's value. +func (s *PutReportDefinitionInput) SetReportId(v string) *PutReportDefinitionInput { + s.ReportId = &v + return s +} + +type PutReportDefinitionOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // ID of the report. + ReportId *string `locationName:"reportId" min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutReportDefinitionOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutReportDefinitionOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetReportId sets the ReportId field's value. +func (s *PutReportDefinitionOutput) SetReportId(v string) *PutReportDefinitionOutput { + s.ReportId = &v + return s +} + +// The configuration of a report in AWS Application Cost Profiler. +type ReportDefinition struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Timestamp (milliseconds) when this report definition was created. + CreatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"createdAt" type:"timestamp"` + + // The location in Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) the reports should + // be saved to. + DestinationS3Location *S3Location `locationName:"destinationS3Location" type:"structure"` + + // The format used for the generated reports. + Format *string `locationName:"format" type:"string" enum:"Format"` + + // Timestamp (milliseconds) when this report definition was last updated. + LastUpdatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"lastUpdatedAt" type:"timestamp"` + + // Description of the report + ReportDescription *string `locationName:"reportDescription" min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The cadence at which the report is generated. + ReportFrequency *string `locationName:"reportFrequency" type:"string" enum:"ReportFrequency"` + + // The ID of the report. + ReportId *string `locationName:"reportId" min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ReportDefinition) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ReportDefinition) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCreatedAt sets the CreatedAt field's value. +func (s *ReportDefinition) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time) *ReportDefinition { + s.CreatedAt = &v + return s +} + +// SetDestinationS3Location sets the DestinationS3Location field's value. +func (s *ReportDefinition) SetDestinationS3Location(v *S3Location) *ReportDefinition { + s.DestinationS3Location = v + return s +} + +// SetFormat sets the Format field's value. +func (s *ReportDefinition) SetFormat(v string) *ReportDefinition { + s.Format = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastUpdatedAt sets the LastUpdatedAt field's value. +func (s *ReportDefinition) SetLastUpdatedAt(v time.Time) *ReportDefinition { + s.LastUpdatedAt = &v + return s +} + +// SetReportDescription sets the ReportDescription field's value. +func (s *ReportDefinition) SetReportDescription(v string) *ReportDefinition { + s.ReportDescription = &v + return s +} + +// SetReportFrequency sets the ReportFrequency field's value. +func (s *ReportDefinition) SetReportFrequency(v string) *ReportDefinition { + s.ReportFrequency = &v + return s +} + +// SetReportId sets the ReportId field's value. +func (s *ReportDefinition) SetReportId(v string) *ReportDefinition { + s.ReportId = &v + return s +} + +// Represents the Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) location where AWS +// Application Cost Profiler reports are generated and then written to. +type S3Location struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the S3 bucket. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `locationName:"bucket" min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Prefix for the location to write to. + // + // Prefix is a required field + Prefix *string `locationName:"prefix" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s S3Location) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s S3Location) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *S3Location) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "S3Location"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 3 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 3)) + } + if s.Prefix == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Prefix")) + } + if s.Prefix != nil && len(*s.Prefix) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Prefix", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *S3Location) SetBucket(v string) *S3Location { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *S3Location) SetPrefix(v string) *S3Location { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// Your request exceeds one or more of the service quotas. +type ServiceQuotaExceededException struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` + + Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ServiceQuotaExceededException) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ServiceQuotaExceededException) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +func newErrorServiceQuotaExceededException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { + return &ServiceQuotaExceededException{ + RespMetadata: v, + } +} + +// Code returns the exception type name. +func (s *ServiceQuotaExceededException) Code() string { + return "ServiceQuotaExceededException" +} + +// Message returns the exception's message. +func (s *ServiceQuotaExceededException) Message() string { + if s.Message_ != nil { + return *s.Message_ + } + return "" +} + +// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. +func (s *ServiceQuotaExceededException) OrigErr() error { + return nil +} + +func (s *ServiceQuotaExceededException) Error() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) +} + +// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. +func (s *ServiceQuotaExceededException) StatusCode() int { + return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode +} + +// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. +func (s *ServiceQuotaExceededException) RequestID() string { + return s.RespMetadata.RequestID +} + +// Represents the Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) location where usage +// data is read from. +type SourceS3Location struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of the bucket. + // + // Bucket is a required field + Bucket *string `locationName:"bucket" min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Key of the object. + // + // Key is a required field + Key *string `locationName:"key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Region of the bucket. Only required for Regions that are disabled by default. + // For more infomration about Regions that are disabled by default, see Enabling + // a Region (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande-manage.html#rande-manage-enable) + // in the AWS General Reference guide. + Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string" enum:"S3BucketRegion"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s SourceS3Location) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s SourceS3Location) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *SourceS3Location) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SourceS3Location"} + if s.Bucket == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) + } + if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 3 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 3)) + } + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. +func (s *SourceS3Location) SetBucket(v string) *SourceS3Location { + s.Bucket = &v + return s +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *SourceS3Location) SetKey(v string) *SourceS3Location { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetRegion sets the Region field's value. +func (s *SourceS3Location) SetRegion(v string) *SourceS3Location { + s.Region = &v + return s +} + +// The calls to AWS Application Cost Profiler API are throttled. The request +// was denied. +type ThrottlingException struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` + + Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ThrottlingException) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ThrottlingException) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +func newErrorThrottlingException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { + return &ThrottlingException{ + RespMetadata: v, + } +} + +// Code returns the exception type name. +func (s *ThrottlingException) Code() string { + return "ThrottlingException" +} + +// Message returns the exception's message. +func (s *ThrottlingException) Message() string { + if s.Message_ != nil { + return *s.Message_ + } + return "" +} + +// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. +func (s *ThrottlingException) OrigErr() error { + return nil +} + +func (s *ThrottlingException) Error() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) +} + +// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. +func (s *ThrottlingException) StatusCode() int { + return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode +} + +// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. +func (s *ThrottlingException) RequestID() string { + return s.RespMetadata.RequestID +} + +type UpdateReportDefinitionInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Required. Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) location where Application + // Cost Profiler uploads the report. + // + // DestinationS3Location is a required field + DestinationS3Location *S3Location `locationName:"destinationS3Location" type:"structure" required:"true"` + + // Required. The format to use for the generated report. + // + // Format is a required field + Format *string `locationName:"format" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Format"` + + // Required. Description of the report. + // + // ReportDescription is a required field + ReportDescription *string `locationName:"reportDescription" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Required. The cadence to generate the report. + // + // ReportFrequency is a required field + ReportFrequency *string `locationName:"reportFrequency" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ReportFrequency"` + + // Required. ID of the report to update. + // + // ReportId is a required field + ReportId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"reportId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateReportDefinitionInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateReportDefinitionInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UpdateReportDefinitionInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateReportDefinitionInput"} + if s.DestinationS3Location == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DestinationS3Location")) + } + if s.Format == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Format")) + } + if s.ReportDescription == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReportDescription")) + } + if s.ReportDescription != nil && len(*s.ReportDescription) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ReportDescription", 1)) + } + if s.ReportFrequency == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReportFrequency")) + } + if s.ReportId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReportId")) + } + if s.ReportId != nil && len(*s.ReportId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ReportId", 1)) + } + if s.DestinationS3Location != nil { + if err := s.DestinationS3Location.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("DestinationS3Location", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDestinationS3Location sets the DestinationS3Location field's value. +func (s *UpdateReportDefinitionInput) SetDestinationS3Location(v *S3Location) *UpdateReportDefinitionInput { + s.DestinationS3Location = v + return s +} + +// SetFormat sets the Format field's value. +func (s *UpdateReportDefinitionInput) SetFormat(v string) *UpdateReportDefinitionInput { + s.Format = &v + return s +} + +// SetReportDescription sets the ReportDescription field's value. +func (s *UpdateReportDefinitionInput) SetReportDescription(v string) *UpdateReportDefinitionInput { + s.ReportDescription = &v + return s +} + +// SetReportFrequency sets the ReportFrequency field's value. +func (s *UpdateReportDefinitionInput) SetReportFrequency(v string) *UpdateReportDefinitionInput { + s.ReportFrequency = &v + return s +} + +// SetReportId sets the ReportId field's value. +func (s *UpdateReportDefinitionInput) SetReportId(v string) *UpdateReportDefinitionInput { + s.ReportId = &v + return s +} + +type UpdateReportDefinitionOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // ID of the report. + ReportId *string `locationName:"reportId" min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateReportDefinitionOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateReportDefinitionOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetReportId sets the ReportId field's value. +func (s *UpdateReportDefinitionOutput) SetReportId(v string) *UpdateReportDefinitionOutput { + s.ReportId = &v + return s +} + +// The input fails to satisfy the constraints for the API. +type ValidationException struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` + + Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ValidationException) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ValidationException) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +func newErrorValidationException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { + return &ValidationException{ + RespMetadata: v, + } +} + +// Code returns the exception type name. +func (s *ValidationException) Code() string { + return "ValidationException" +} + +// Message returns the exception's message. +func (s *ValidationException) Message() string { + if s.Message_ != nil { + return *s.Message_ + } + return "" +} + +// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. +func (s *ValidationException) OrigErr() error { + return nil +} + +func (s *ValidationException) Error() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) +} + +// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. +func (s *ValidationException) StatusCode() int { + return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode +} + +// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. +func (s *ValidationException) RequestID() string { + return s.RespMetadata.RequestID +} + +const ( + // FormatCsv is a Format enum value + FormatCsv = "CSV" + + // FormatParquet is a Format enum value + FormatParquet = "PARQUET" +) + +// Format_Values returns all elements of the Format enum +func Format_Values() []string { + return []string{ + FormatCsv, + FormatParquet, + } +} + +const ( + // ReportFrequencyMonthly is a ReportFrequency enum value + ReportFrequencyMonthly = "MONTHLY" + + // ReportFrequencyDaily is a ReportFrequency enum value + ReportFrequencyDaily = "DAILY" + + // ReportFrequencyAll is a ReportFrequency enum value + ReportFrequencyAll = "ALL" +) + +// ReportFrequency_Values returns all elements of the ReportFrequency enum +func ReportFrequency_Values() []string { + return []string{ + ReportFrequencyMonthly, + ReportFrequencyDaily, + ReportFrequencyAll, + } +} + +const ( + // S3BucketRegionApEast1 is a S3BucketRegion enum value + S3BucketRegionApEast1 = "ap-east-1" + + // S3BucketRegionMeSouth1 is a S3BucketRegion enum value + S3BucketRegionMeSouth1 = "me-south-1" + + // S3BucketRegionEuSouth1 is a S3BucketRegion enum value + S3BucketRegionEuSouth1 = "eu-south-1" + + // S3BucketRegionAfSouth1 is a S3BucketRegion enum value + S3BucketRegionAfSouth1 = "af-south-1" +) + +// S3BucketRegion_Values returns all elements of the S3BucketRegion enum +func S3BucketRegion_Values() []string { + return []string{ + S3BucketRegionApEast1, + S3BucketRegionMeSouth1, + S3BucketRegionEuSouth1, + S3BucketRegionAfSouth1, + } +} diff --git a/service/applicationcostprofiler/applicationcostprofileriface/interface.go b/service/applicationcostprofiler/applicationcostprofileriface/interface.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9cebf7de08b --- /dev/null +++ b/service/applicationcostprofiler/applicationcostprofileriface/interface.go @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +// Package applicationcostprofileriface provides an interface to enable mocking the AWS Application Cost Profiler service client +// for testing your code. +// +// It is important to note that this interface will have breaking changes +// when the service model is updated and adds new API operations, paginators, +// and waiters. +package applicationcostprofileriface + +import ( + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/applicationcostprofiler" +) + +// ApplicationCostProfilerAPI provides an interface to enable mocking the +// applicationcostprofiler.ApplicationCostProfiler service client's API operation, +// paginators, and waiters. This make unit testing your code that calls out +// to the SDK's service client's calls easier. +// +// The best way to use this interface is so the SDK's service client's calls +// can be stubbed out for unit testing your code with the SDK without needing +// to inject custom request handlers into the SDK's request pipeline. +// +// // myFunc uses an SDK service client to make a request to +// // AWS Application Cost Profiler. +// func myFunc(svc applicationcostprofileriface.ApplicationCostProfilerAPI) bool { +// // Make svc.DeleteReportDefinition request +// } +// +// func main() { +// sess := session.New() +// svc := applicationcostprofiler.New(sess) +// +// myFunc(svc) +// } +// +// In your _test.go file: +// +// // Define a mock struct to be used in your unit tests of myFunc. +// type mockApplicationCostProfilerClient struct { +// applicationcostprofileriface.ApplicationCostProfilerAPI +// } +// func (m *mockApplicationCostProfilerClient) DeleteReportDefinition(input *applicationcostprofiler.DeleteReportDefinitionInput) (*applicationcostprofiler.DeleteReportDefinitionOutput, error) { +// // mock response/functionality +// } +// +// func TestMyFunc(t *testing.T) { +// // Setup Test +// mockSvc := &mockApplicationCostProfilerClient{} +// +// myfunc(mockSvc) +// +// // Verify myFunc's functionality +// } +// +// It is important to note that this interface will have breaking changes +// when the service model is updated and adds new API operations, paginators, +// and waiters. Its suggested to use the pattern above for testing, or using +// tooling to generate mocks to satisfy the interfaces. +type ApplicationCostProfilerAPI interface { + DeleteReportDefinition(*applicationcostprofiler.DeleteReportDefinitionInput) (*applicationcostprofiler.DeleteReportDefinitionOutput, error) + DeleteReportDefinitionWithContext(aws.Context, *applicationcostprofiler.DeleteReportDefinitionInput, ...request.Option) (*applicationcostprofiler.DeleteReportDefinitionOutput, error) + DeleteReportDefinitionRequest(*applicationcostprofiler.DeleteReportDefinitionInput) (*request.Request, *applicationcostprofiler.DeleteReportDefinitionOutput) + + GetReportDefinition(*applicationcostprofiler.GetReportDefinitionInput) (*applicationcostprofiler.GetReportDefinitionOutput, error) + GetReportDefinitionWithContext(aws.Context, *applicationcostprofiler.GetReportDefinitionInput, ...request.Option) (*applicationcostprofiler.GetReportDefinitionOutput, error) + GetReportDefinitionRequest(*applicationcostprofiler.GetReportDefinitionInput) (*request.Request, *applicationcostprofiler.GetReportDefinitionOutput) + + ImportApplicationUsage(*applicationcostprofiler.ImportApplicationUsageInput) (*applicationcostprofiler.ImportApplicationUsageOutput, error) + ImportApplicationUsageWithContext(aws.Context, *applicationcostprofiler.ImportApplicationUsageInput, ...request.Option) (*applicationcostprofiler.ImportApplicationUsageOutput, error) + ImportApplicationUsageRequest(*applicationcostprofiler.ImportApplicationUsageInput) (*request.Request, *applicationcostprofiler.ImportApplicationUsageOutput) + + ListReportDefinitions(*applicationcostprofiler.ListReportDefinitionsInput) (*applicationcostprofiler.ListReportDefinitionsOutput, error) + ListReportDefinitionsWithContext(aws.Context, *applicationcostprofiler.ListReportDefinitionsInput, ...request.Option) (*applicationcostprofiler.ListReportDefinitionsOutput, error) + ListReportDefinitionsRequest(*applicationcostprofiler.ListReportDefinitionsInput) (*request.Request, *applicationcostprofiler.ListReportDefinitionsOutput) + + ListReportDefinitionsPages(*applicationcostprofiler.ListReportDefinitionsInput, func(*applicationcostprofiler.ListReportDefinitionsOutput, bool) bool) error + ListReportDefinitionsPagesWithContext(aws.Context, *applicationcostprofiler.ListReportDefinitionsInput, func(*applicationcostprofiler.ListReportDefinitionsOutput, bool) bool, ...request.Option) error + + PutReportDefinition(*applicationcostprofiler.PutReportDefinitionInput) (*applicationcostprofiler.PutReportDefinitionOutput, error) + PutReportDefinitionWithContext(aws.Context, *applicationcostprofiler.PutReportDefinitionInput, ...request.Option) (*applicationcostprofiler.PutReportDefinitionOutput, error) + PutReportDefinitionRequest(*applicationcostprofiler.PutReportDefinitionInput) (*request.Request, *applicationcostprofiler.PutReportDefinitionOutput) + + UpdateReportDefinition(*applicationcostprofiler.UpdateReportDefinitionInput) (*applicationcostprofiler.UpdateReportDefinitionOutput, error) + UpdateReportDefinitionWithContext(aws.Context, *applicationcostprofiler.UpdateReportDefinitionInput, ...request.Option) (*applicationcostprofiler.UpdateReportDefinitionOutput, error) + UpdateReportDefinitionRequest(*applicationcostprofiler.UpdateReportDefinitionInput) (*request.Request, *applicationcostprofiler.UpdateReportDefinitionOutput) +} + +var _ ApplicationCostProfilerAPI = (*applicationcostprofiler.ApplicationCostProfiler)(nil) diff --git a/service/applicationcostprofiler/doc.go b/service/applicationcostprofiler/doc.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ab5857f6588 --- /dev/null +++ b/service/applicationcostprofiler/doc.go @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +// Package applicationcostprofiler provides the client and types for making API +// requests to AWS Application Cost Profiler. +// +// This reference provides descriptions of the AWS Application Cost Profiler +// API. +// +// The AWS Application Cost Profiler API provides programmatic access to view, +// create, update, and delete application cost report definitions, as well as +// to import your usage data into the Application Cost Profiler service. +// +// For more information about using this service, see the AWS Application Cost +// Profiler User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/application-cost-profiler/latest/userguide/introduction.html). +// +// See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/AWSApplicationCostProfiler-2020-09-10 for more information on this service. +// +// See applicationcostprofiler package documentation for more information. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/applicationcostprofiler/ +// +// Using the Client +// +// To contact AWS Application Cost Profiler with the SDK use the New function to create +// a new service client. With that client you can make API requests to the service. +// These clients are safe to use concurrently. +// +// See the SDK's documentation for more information on how to use the SDK. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/ +// +// See aws.Config documentation for more information on configuring SDK clients. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config +// +// See the AWS Application Cost Profiler client ApplicationCostProfiler for more +// information on creating client for this service. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/applicationcostprofiler/#New +package applicationcostprofiler diff --git a/service/applicationcostprofiler/errors.go b/service/applicationcostprofiler/errors.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f10c0907c86 --- /dev/null +++ b/service/applicationcostprofiler/errors.go @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package applicationcostprofiler + +import ( + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol" +) + +const ( + + // ErrCodeAccessDeniedException for service response error code + // "AccessDeniedException". + // + // You do not have permission to perform this action. + ErrCodeAccessDeniedException = "AccessDeniedException" + + // ErrCodeInternalServerException for service response error code + // "InternalServerException". + // + // An internal server error occurred. Retry your request. + ErrCodeInternalServerException = "InternalServerException" + + // ErrCodeServiceQuotaExceededException for service response error code + // "ServiceQuotaExceededException". + // + // Your request exceeds one or more of the service quotas. + ErrCodeServiceQuotaExceededException = "ServiceQuotaExceededException" + + // ErrCodeThrottlingException for service response error code + // "ThrottlingException". + // + // The calls to AWS Application Cost Profiler API are throttled. The request + // was denied. + ErrCodeThrottlingException = "ThrottlingException" + + // ErrCodeValidationException for service response error code + // "ValidationException". + // + // The input fails to satisfy the constraints for the API. + ErrCodeValidationException = "ValidationException" +) + +var exceptionFromCode = map[string]func(protocol.ResponseMetadata) error{ + "AccessDeniedException": newErrorAccessDeniedException, + "InternalServerException": newErrorInternalServerException, + "ServiceQuotaExceededException": newErrorServiceQuotaExceededException, + "ThrottlingException": newErrorThrottlingException, + "ValidationException": newErrorValidationException, +} diff --git a/service/applicationcostprofiler/service.go b/service/applicationcostprofiler/service.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..704adfb60a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/service/applicationcostprofiler/service.go @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package applicationcostprofiler + +import ( + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restjson" +) + +// ApplicationCostProfiler provides the API operation methods for making requests to +// AWS Application Cost Profiler. See this package's package overview docs +// for details on the service. +// +// ApplicationCostProfiler methods are safe to use concurrently. It is not safe to +// modify mutate any of the struct's properties though. +type ApplicationCostProfiler struct { + *client.Client +} + +// Used for custom client initialization logic +var initClient func(*client.Client) + +// Used for custom request initialization logic +var initRequest func(*request.Request) + +// Service information constants +const ( + ServiceName = "ApplicationCostProfiler" // Name of service. + EndpointsID = "application-cost-profiler" // ID to lookup a service endpoint with. + ServiceID = "ApplicationCostProfiler" // ServiceID is a unique identifier of a specific service. +) + +// New creates a new instance of the ApplicationCostProfiler client with a session. +// If additional configuration is needed for the client instance use the optional +// aws.Config parameter to add your extra config. +// +// Example: +// mySession := session.Must(session.NewSession()) +// +// // Create a ApplicationCostProfiler client from just a session. +// svc := applicationcostprofiler.New(mySession) +// +// // Create a ApplicationCostProfiler client with additional configuration +// svc := applicationcostprofiler.New(mySession, aws.NewConfig().WithRegion("us-west-2")) +func New(p client.ConfigProvider, cfgs ...*aws.Config) *ApplicationCostProfiler { + c := p.ClientConfig(EndpointsID, cfgs...) + if c.SigningNameDerived || len(c.SigningName) == 0 { + c.SigningName = "application-cost-profiler" + } + return newClient(*c.Config, c.Handlers, c.PartitionID, c.Endpoint, c.SigningRegion, c.SigningName) +} + +// newClient creates, initializes and returns a new service client instance. +func newClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, partitionID, endpoint, signingRegion, signingName string) *ApplicationCostProfiler { + svc := &ApplicationCostProfiler{ + Client: client.New( + cfg, + metadata.ClientInfo{ + ServiceName: ServiceName, + ServiceID: ServiceID, + SigningName: signingName, + SigningRegion: signingRegion, + PartitionID: partitionID, + Endpoint: endpoint, + APIVersion: "2020-09-10", + }, + handlers, + ), + } + + // Handlers + svc.Handlers.Sign.PushBackNamed(v4.SignRequestHandler) + svc.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(restjson.BuildHandler) + svc.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(restjson.UnmarshalHandler) + svc.Handlers.UnmarshalMeta.PushBackNamed(restjson.UnmarshalMetaHandler) + svc.Handlers.UnmarshalError.PushBackNamed( + protocol.NewUnmarshalErrorHandler(restjson.NewUnmarshalTypedError(exceptionFromCode)).NamedHandler(), + ) + + // Run custom client initialization if present + if initClient != nil { + initClient(svc.Client) + } + + return svc +} + +// newRequest creates a new request for a ApplicationCostProfiler operation and runs any +// custom request initialization. +func (c *ApplicationCostProfiler) newRequest(op *request.Operation, params, data interface{}) *request.Request { + req := c.NewRequest(op, params, data) + + // Run custom request initialization if present + if initRequest != nil { + initRequest(req) + } + + return req +} diff --git a/service/augmentedairuntime/api.go b/service/augmentedairuntime/api.go index 7d513cda229..f099e06e13a 100644 --- a/service/augmentedairuntime/api.go +++ b/service/augmentedairuntime/api.go @@ -60,6 +60,8 @@ func (c *AugmentedAIRuntime) DeleteHumanLoopRequest(input *DeleteHumanLoopInput) // // Deletes the specified human loop for a flow definition. // +// If the human loop was deleted, this operation will return a ResourceNotFoundException. +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -72,7 +74,9 @@ func (c *AugmentedAIRuntime) DeleteHumanLoopRequest(input *DeleteHumanLoopInput) // The request isn't valid. Check the syntax and try again. // // * ResourceNotFoundException -// We couldn't find the requested resource. +// We couldn't find the requested resource. Check that your resources exists +// and were created in the same AWS Region as your request, and try your request +// again. // // * ThrottlingException // You exceeded the maximum number of requests. @@ -147,7 +151,8 @@ func (c *AugmentedAIRuntime) DescribeHumanLoopRequest(input *DescribeHumanLoopIn // DescribeHumanLoop API operation for Amazon Augmented AI Runtime. // -// Returns information about the specified human loop. +// Returns information about the specified human loop. If the human loop was +// deleted, this operation will return a ResourceNotFoundException error. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -161,7 +166,9 @@ func (c *AugmentedAIRuntime) DescribeHumanLoopRequest(input *DescribeHumanLoopIn // The request isn't valid. Check the syntax and try again. // // * ResourceNotFoundException -// We couldn't find the requested resource. +// We couldn't find the requested resource. Check that your resources exists +// and were created in the same AWS Region as your request, and try your request +// again. // // * ThrottlingException // You exceeded the maximum number of requests. @@ -257,7 +264,9 @@ func (c *AugmentedAIRuntime) ListHumanLoopsRequest(input *ListHumanLoopsInput) ( // The request isn't valid. Check the syntax and try again. // // * ResourceNotFoundException -// We couldn't find the requested resource. +// We couldn't find the requested resource. Check that your resources exists +// and were created in the same AWS Region as your request, and try your request +// again. // // * ThrottlingException // You exceeded the maximum number of requests. @@ -401,8 +410,14 @@ func (c *AugmentedAIRuntime) StartHumanLoopRequest(input *StartHumanLoopInput) ( // You exceeded the maximum number of requests. // // * ServiceQuotaExceededException -// You exceeded your service quota. Delete some resources or request an increase -// in your service quota. +// You exceeded your service quota. Service quotas, also referred to as limits, +// are the maximum number of service resources or operations for your AWS account. +// For a list of Amazon A2I service quotes, see Amazon Augmented AI Service +// Quotes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/a2i.html). Delete some +// resources or request an increase in your service quota. You can request a +// quota increase using Service Quotas or the AWS Support Center. To request +// an increase, see AWS Service Quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws_service_limits.html) +// in the AWS General Reference. // // * InternalServerException // We couldn't process your request because of an issue with the server. Try @@ -494,7 +509,9 @@ func (c *AugmentedAIRuntime) StopHumanLoopRequest(input *StopHumanLoopInput) (re // The request isn't valid. Check the syntax and try again. // // * ResourceNotFoundException -// We couldn't find the requested resource. +// We couldn't find the requested resource. Check that your resources exists +// and were created in the same AWS Region as your request, and try your request +// again. // // * ThrottlingException // You exceeded the maximum number of requests. @@ -688,6 +705,8 @@ type DescribeHumanLoopOutput struct { CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" required:"true"` // A failure code that identifies the type of failure. + // + // Possible values: ValidationError, Expired, InternalError FailureCode *string `type:"string"` // The reason why a human loop failed. The failure reason is returned when the @@ -1132,7 +1151,9 @@ func (s *ListHumanLoopsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListHumanLoopsOutput { return s } -// We couldn't find the requested resource. +// We couldn't find the requested resource. Check that your resources exists +// and were created in the same AWS Region as your request, and try your request +// again. type ResourceNotFoundException struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` @@ -1188,8 +1209,14 @@ func (s *ResourceNotFoundException) RequestID() string { return s.RespMetadata.RequestID } -// You exceeded your service quota. Delete some resources or request an increase -// in your service quota. +// You exceeded your service quota. Service quotas, also referred to as limits, +// are the maximum number of service resources or operations for your AWS account. +// For a list of Amazon A2I service quotes, see Amazon Augmented AI Service +// Quotes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/a2i.html). Delete some +// resources or request an increase in your service quota. You can request a +// quota increase using Service Quotas or the AWS Support Center. To request +// an increase, see AWS Service Quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws_service_limits.html) +// in the AWS General Reference. type ServiceQuotaExceededException struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` diff --git a/service/augmentedairuntime/doc.go b/service/augmentedairuntime/doc.go index e48f36aba56..aa4a553660d 100644 --- a/service/augmentedairuntime/doc.go +++ b/service/augmentedairuntime/doc.go @@ -3,10 +3,6 @@ // Package augmentedairuntime provides the client and types for making API // requests to Amazon Augmented AI Runtime. // -// -// Amazon Augmented AI is in preview release and is subject to change. We do -// not recommend using this product in production environments. -// // Amazon Augmented AI (Amazon A2I) adds the benefit of human judgment to any // machine learning application. When an AI application can't evaluate data // with a high degree of confidence, human reviewers can take over. This human diff --git a/service/augmentedairuntime/errors.go b/service/augmentedairuntime/errors.go index c06f84a67ed..0b49b7e3dfd 100644 --- a/service/augmentedairuntime/errors.go +++ b/service/augmentedairuntime/errors.go @@ -26,14 +26,22 @@ const ( // ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException for service response error code // "ResourceNotFoundException". // - // We couldn't find the requested resource. + // We couldn't find the requested resource. Check that your resources exists + // and were created in the same AWS Region as your request, and try your request + // again. ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException = "ResourceNotFoundException" // ErrCodeServiceQuotaExceededException for service response error code // "ServiceQuotaExceededException". // - // You exceeded your service quota. Delete some resources or request an increase - // in your service quota. + // You exceeded your service quota. Service quotas, also referred to as limits, + // are the maximum number of service resources or operations for your AWS account. + // For a list of Amazon A2I service quotes, see Amazon Augmented AI Service + // Quotes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/a2i.html). Delete some + // resources or request an increase in your service quota. You can request a + // quota increase using Service Quotas or the AWS Support Center. To request + // an increase, see AWS Service Quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws_service_limits.html) + // in the AWS General Reference. ErrCodeServiceQuotaExceededException = "ServiceQuotaExceededException" // ErrCodeThrottlingException for service response error code diff --git a/service/elasticache/api.go b/service/elasticache/api.go index f1b756c64df..3f5d5db110d 100644 --- a/service/elasticache/api.go +++ b/service/elasticache/api.go @@ -9445,7 +9445,7 @@ type CreateCacheClusterInput struct { // For clusters running Redis, this value must be 1. For clusters running Memcached, // this value must be between 1 and 40. // - // If you need more than 20 nodes for your Memcached cluster, please fill out + // If you need more than 40 nodes for your Memcached cluster, please fill out // the ElastiCache Limit Increase Request form at http://aws.amazon.com/contact-us/elasticache-node-limit-request/ // (http://aws.amazon.com/contact-us/elasticache-node-limit-request/). NumCacheNodes *int64 `type:"integer"` @@ -10502,7 +10502,7 @@ type CreateReplicationGroupInput struct { // an AuthToken, and a CacheSubnetGroup. TransitEncryptionEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` - // The list of user groups to associate with the replication group. + // The user group to associate with the replication group. UserGroupIds []*string `min:"1" type:"list"` } @@ -16252,11 +16252,11 @@ type ModifyReplicationGroupInput struct { // groups. SnapshottingClusterId *string `type:"string"` - // A list of user group IDs. + // The user group you are associating with the replication group. UserGroupIdsToAdd []*string `type:"list"` - // A list of users groups to remove, meaning the users in the group no longer - // can access thereplication group. + // The user group to remove, meaning the users in the group no longer can access + // the replication group. UserGroupIdsToRemove []*string `type:"list"` } diff --git a/service/iotdeviceadvisor/api.go b/service/iotdeviceadvisor/api.go index 9504ff55645..b0771b66ee9 100644 --- a/service/iotdeviceadvisor/api.go +++ b/service/iotdeviceadvisor/api.go @@ -800,223 +800,172 @@ func (c *IoTDeviceAdvisor) ListTagsForResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input return out, req.Send() } -const opListTestCases = "ListTestCases" +const opStartSuiteRun = "StartSuiteRun" -// ListTestCasesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the -// client's request for the ListTestCases operation. The "output" return +// StartSuiteRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the StartSuiteRun operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // -// See ListTestCases for more information on using the ListTestCases +// See StartSuiteRun for more information on using the StartSuiteRun // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // -// // Example sending a request using the ListTestCasesRequest method. -// req, resp := client.ListTestCasesRequest(params) +// // Example sending a request using the StartSuiteRunRequest method. +// req, resp := client.StartSuiteRunRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // -// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iotdeviceadvisor-2020-09-18/ListTestCases -func (c *IoTDeviceAdvisor) ListTestCasesRequest(input *ListTestCasesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTestCasesOutput) { +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iotdeviceadvisor-2020-09-18/StartSuiteRun +func (c *IoTDeviceAdvisor) StartSuiteRunRequest(input *StartSuiteRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartSuiteRunOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ - Name: opListTestCases, - HTTPMethod: "GET", - HTTPPath: "/testCases", - Paginator: &request.Paginator{ - InputTokens: []string{"nextToken"}, - OutputTokens: []string{"nextToken"}, - LimitToken: "maxResults", - TruncationToken: "", - }, + Name: opStartSuiteRun, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/suiteDefinitions/{suiteDefinitionId}/suiteRuns", } if input == nil { - input = &ListTestCasesInput{} + input = &StartSuiteRunInput{} } - output = &ListTestCasesOutput{} + output = &StartSuiteRunOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } -// ListTestCases API operation for AWS IoT Core Device Advisor. +// StartSuiteRun API operation for AWS IoT Core Device Advisor. // -// Lists all the test cases in the test suite. +// Starts a Device Advisor test suite run. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for AWS IoT Core Device Advisor's -// API operation ListTestCases for usage and error information. +// API operation StartSuiteRun for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Types: +// * ValidationException +// Sends invalid request exception. +// // * InternalServerException // Sends Internal Failure Exception. // -// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iotdeviceadvisor-2020-09-18/ListTestCases -func (c *IoTDeviceAdvisor) ListTestCases(input *ListTestCasesInput) (*ListTestCasesOutput, error) { - req, out := c.ListTestCasesRequest(input) +// * ConflictException +// Sends Conflict Exception. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iotdeviceadvisor-2020-09-18/StartSuiteRun +func (c *IoTDeviceAdvisor) StartSuiteRun(input *StartSuiteRunInput) (*StartSuiteRunOutput, error) { + req, out := c.StartSuiteRunRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } -// ListTestCasesWithContext is the same as ListTestCases with the addition of +// StartSuiteRunWithContext is the same as StartSuiteRun with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // -// See ListTestCases for details on how to use this API operation. +// See StartSuiteRun for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. -func (c *IoTDeviceAdvisor) ListTestCasesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTestCasesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTestCasesOutput, error) { - req, out := c.ListTestCasesRequest(input) +func (c *IoTDeviceAdvisor) StartSuiteRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartSuiteRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartSuiteRunOutput, error) { + req, out := c.StartSuiteRunRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } -// ListTestCasesPages iterates over the pages of a ListTestCases operation, -// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop -// iterating, return false from the fn function. -// -// See ListTestCases method for more information on how to use this operation. -// -// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. -// -// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListTestCases operation. -// pageNum := 0 -// err := client.ListTestCasesPages(params, -// func(page *iotdeviceadvisor.ListTestCasesOutput, lastPage bool) bool { -// pageNum++ -// fmt.Println(page) -// return pageNum <= 3 -// }) -// -func (c *IoTDeviceAdvisor) ListTestCasesPages(input *ListTestCasesInput, fn func(*ListTestCasesOutput, bool) bool) error { - return c.ListTestCasesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) -} - -// ListTestCasesPagesWithContext same as ListTestCasesPages except -// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. -// -// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If -// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create -// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ -// for more information on using Contexts. -func (c *IoTDeviceAdvisor) ListTestCasesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTestCasesInput, fn func(*ListTestCasesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { - p := request.Pagination{ - NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { - var inCpy *ListTestCasesInput - if input != nil { - tmp := *input - inCpy = &tmp - } - req, _ := c.ListTestCasesRequest(inCpy) - req.SetContext(ctx) - req.ApplyOptions(opts...) - return req, nil - }, - } - - for p.Next() { - if !fn(p.Page().(*ListTestCasesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { - break - } - } - - return p.Err() -} - -const opStartSuiteRun = "StartSuiteRun" +const opStopSuiteRun = "StopSuiteRun" -// StartSuiteRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the -// client's request for the StartSuiteRun operation. The "output" return +// StopSuiteRunRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the StopSuiteRun operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // -// See StartSuiteRun for more information on using the StartSuiteRun +// See StopSuiteRun for more information on using the StopSuiteRun // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // -// // Example sending a request using the StartSuiteRunRequest method. -// req, resp := client.StartSuiteRunRequest(params) +// // Example sending a request using the StopSuiteRunRequest method. +// req, resp := client.StopSuiteRunRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // -// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iotdeviceadvisor-2020-09-18/StartSuiteRun -func (c *IoTDeviceAdvisor) StartSuiteRunRequest(input *StartSuiteRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartSuiteRunOutput) { +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iotdeviceadvisor-2020-09-18/StopSuiteRun +func (c *IoTDeviceAdvisor) StopSuiteRunRequest(input *StopSuiteRunInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopSuiteRunOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ - Name: opStartSuiteRun, + Name: opStopSuiteRun, HTTPMethod: "POST", - HTTPPath: "/suiteDefinitions/{suiteDefinitionId}/suiteRuns", + HTTPPath: "/suiteDefinitions/{suiteDefinitionId}/suiteRuns/{suiteRunId}/stop", } if input == nil { - input = &StartSuiteRunInput{} + input = &StopSuiteRunInput{} } - output = &StartSuiteRunOutput{} + output = &StopSuiteRunOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) return } -// StartSuiteRun API operation for AWS IoT Core Device Advisor. +// StopSuiteRun API operation for AWS IoT Core Device Advisor. // -// Starts a Device Advisor test suite run. +// Stops a Device Advisor test suite run that is currently running. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for AWS IoT Core Device Advisor's -// API operation StartSuiteRun for usage and error information. +// API operation StopSuiteRun for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Types: // * ValidationException // Sends invalid request exception. // +// * ResourceNotFoundException +// Sends Resource Not Found Exception. +// // * InternalServerException // Sends Internal Failure Exception. // -// * ConflictException -// Sends Conflict Exception. -// -// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iotdeviceadvisor-2020-09-18/StartSuiteRun -func (c *IoTDeviceAdvisor) StartSuiteRun(input *StartSuiteRunInput) (*StartSuiteRunOutput, error) { - req, out := c.StartSuiteRunRequest(input) +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/iotdeviceadvisor-2020-09-18/StopSuiteRun +func (c *IoTDeviceAdvisor) StopSuiteRun(input *StopSuiteRunInput) (*StopSuiteRunOutput, error) { + req, out := c.StopSuiteRunRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } -// StartSuiteRunWithContext is the same as StartSuiteRun with the addition of +// StopSuiteRunWithContext is the same as StopSuiteRun with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // -// See StartSuiteRun for details on how to use this API operation. +// See StopSuiteRun for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. -func (c *IoTDeviceAdvisor) StartSuiteRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartSuiteRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartSuiteRunOutput, error) { - req, out := c.StartSuiteRunRequest(input) +func (c *IoTDeviceAdvisor) StopSuiteRunWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopSuiteRunInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopSuiteRunOutput, error) { + req, out := c.StopSuiteRunRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() @@ -1390,7 +1339,7 @@ type CreateSuiteDefinitionOutput struct { SuiteDefinitionArn *string `locationName:"suiteDefinitionArn" min:"20" type:"string"` // Creates a Device Advisor test suite with suite UUID. - SuiteDefinitionId *string `locationName:"suiteDefinitionId" min:"36" type:"string"` + SuiteDefinitionId *string `locationName:"suiteDefinitionId" min:"12" type:"string"` // Creates a Device Advisor test suite with suite definition name. SuiteDefinitionName *string `locationName:"suiteDefinitionName" min:"1" type:"string"` @@ -1433,10 +1382,10 @@ func (s *CreateSuiteDefinitionOutput) SetSuiteDefinitionName(v string) *CreateSu type DeleteSuiteDefinitionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Deletes a Device Advisor test suite with defined suite Id. + // Suite definition Id of the test suite to be deleted. // // SuiteDefinitionId is a required field - SuiteDefinitionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"suiteDefinitionId" min:"36" type:"string" required:"true"` + SuiteDefinitionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"suiteDefinitionId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -1455,8 +1404,8 @@ func (s *DeleteSuiteDefinitionInput) Validate() error { if s.SuiteDefinitionId == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SuiteDefinitionId")) } - if s.SuiteDefinitionId != nil && len(*s.SuiteDefinitionId) < 36 { - invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SuiteDefinitionId", 36)) + if s.SuiteDefinitionId != nil && len(*s.SuiteDefinitionId) < 12 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SuiteDefinitionId", 12)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { @@ -1537,12 +1486,12 @@ func (s *DeviceUnderTest) SetThingArn(v string) *DeviceUnderTest { type GetSuiteDefinitionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Requests suite definition Id with GetSuiteDefinition API call. + // Suite definition Id of the test suite to get. // // SuiteDefinitionId is a required field - SuiteDefinitionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"suiteDefinitionId" min:"36" type:"string" required:"true"` + SuiteDefinitionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"suiteDefinitionId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"` - // Requests the suite definition version of a test suite. + // Suite definition version of the test suite to get. SuiteDefinitionVersion *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"suiteDefinitionVersion" min:"2" type:"string"` } @@ -1562,8 +1511,8 @@ func (s *GetSuiteDefinitionInput) Validate() error { if s.SuiteDefinitionId == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SuiteDefinitionId")) } - if s.SuiteDefinitionId != nil && len(*s.SuiteDefinitionId) < 36 { - invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SuiteDefinitionId", 36)) + if s.SuiteDefinitionId != nil && len(*s.SuiteDefinitionId) < 12 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SuiteDefinitionId", 12)) } if s.SuiteDefinitionVersion != nil && len(*s.SuiteDefinitionVersion) < 2 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SuiteDefinitionVersion", 2)) @@ -1590,27 +1539,25 @@ func (s *GetSuiteDefinitionInput) SetSuiteDefinitionVersion(v string) *GetSuiteD type GetSuiteDefinitionOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Gets the timestamp of the time suite was created with GetSuiteDefinition - // API call. + // Date (in Unix epoch time) when the suite definition was created. CreatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"createdAt" type:"timestamp"` - // Gets the timestamp of the time suite was modified with GetSuiteDefinition - // API call. + // Date (in Unix epoch time) when the suite definition was last modified. LastModifiedAt *time.Time `locationName:"lastModifiedAt" type:"timestamp"` - // Gets latest suite definition version with GetSuiteDefinition API call. + // Latest suite definition version of the suite definition. LatestVersion *string `locationName:"latestVersion" min:"2" type:"string"` // The ARN of the suite definition. SuiteDefinitionArn *string `locationName:"suiteDefinitionArn" min:"20" type:"string"` - // Gets the suite configuration with GetSuiteDefinition API call. + // Suite configuration of the suite definition. SuiteDefinitionConfiguration *SuiteDefinitionConfiguration `locationName:"suiteDefinitionConfiguration" type:"structure"` - // Gets suite definition Id with GetSuiteDefinition API call. - SuiteDefinitionId *string `locationName:"suiteDefinitionId" min:"36" type:"string"` + // Suite definition Id of the suite definition. + SuiteDefinitionId *string `locationName:"suiteDefinitionId" min:"12" type:"string"` - // Gets suite definition version with GetSuiteDefinition API call. + // Suite definition version of the suite definition. SuiteDefinitionVersion *string `locationName:"suiteDefinitionVersion" min:"2" type:"string"` // Tags attached to the suite definition. @@ -1678,17 +1625,15 @@ func (s *GetSuiteDefinitionOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *GetSuiteDefini type GetSuiteRunInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Requests the information about Device Advisor test suite run based on suite - // definition Id. + // Suite definition Id for the test suite run. // // SuiteDefinitionId is a required field - SuiteDefinitionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"suiteDefinitionId" min:"36" type:"string" required:"true"` + SuiteDefinitionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"suiteDefinitionId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"` - // Requests the information about Device Advisor test suite run based on suite - // run Id. + // Suite run Id for the test suite run. // // SuiteRunId is a required field - SuiteRunId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"suiteRunId" min:"36" type:"string" required:"true"` + SuiteRunId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"suiteRunId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -1707,14 +1652,14 @@ func (s *GetSuiteRunInput) Validate() error { if s.SuiteDefinitionId == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SuiteDefinitionId")) } - if s.SuiteDefinitionId != nil && len(*s.SuiteDefinitionId) < 36 { - invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SuiteDefinitionId", 36)) + if s.SuiteDefinitionId != nil && len(*s.SuiteDefinitionId) < 12 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SuiteDefinitionId", 12)) } if s.SuiteRunId == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SuiteRunId")) } - if s.SuiteRunId != nil && len(*s.SuiteRunId) < 36 { - invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SuiteRunId", 36)) + if s.SuiteRunId != nil && len(*s.SuiteRunId) < 12 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SuiteRunId", 12)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { @@ -1738,41 +1683,37 @@ func (s *GetSuiteRunInput) SetSuiteRunId(v string) *GetSuiteRunInput { type GetSuiteRunOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Gets the information about Device Advisor test suite run based on end time. + // Date (in Unix epoch time) when the test suite run ended. EndTime *time.Time `locationName:"endTime" type:"timestamp"` - // Gets the information about Device Advisor test suite run based on error. + // Error reason for any test suite run failure. ErrorReason *string `locationName:"errorReason" type:"string"` - // Gets the information about Device Advisor test suite run based on start time. + // Date (in Unix epoch time) when the test suite run was started. StartTime *time.Time `locationName:"startTime" type:"timestamp"` - // Gets the information about Device Advisor test suite run based on its status. + // Status for the test suite run. Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"SuiteRunStatus"` - // Gets the information about Device Advisor test suite run based on suite definition - // Id. - SuiteDefinitionId *string `locationName:"suiteDefinitionId" min:"36" type:"string"` + // Suite definition Id for the test suite run. + SuiteDefinitionId *string `locationName:"suiteDefinitionId" min:"12" type:"string"` - // Gets the information about Device Advisor test suite run based on suite definition - // version. + // Suite definition version for the test suite run. SuiteDefinitionVersion *string `locationName:"suiteDefinitionVersion" min:"2" type:"string"` // The ARN of the suite run. SuiteRunArn *string `locationName:"suiteRunArn" min:"20" type:"string"` - // Gets the information about Device Advisor test suite run based on suite configuration. + // Suite run configuration for the test suite run. SuiteRunConfiguration *SuiteRunConfiguration `locationName:"suiteRunConfiguration" type:"structure"` - // Gets the information about Device Advisor test suite run based on suite run - // Id. - SuiteRunId *string `locationName:"suiteRunId" min:"36" type:"string"` + // Suite run Id for the test suite run. + SuiteRunId *string `locationName:"suiteRunId" min:"12" type:"string"` // The tags attached to the suite run. Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` - // Gets the information about Device Advisor test suite run based on test case - // runs. + // Test results for the test suite run. TestResult *TestResult `locationName:"testResult" type:"structure"` } @@ -1855,15 +1796,15 @@ func (s *GetSuiteRunOutput) SetTestResult(v *TestResult) *GetSuiteRunOutput { type GetSuiteRunReportInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Device Advisor suite definition Id. + // Suite definition Id of the test suite. // // SuiteDefinitionId is a required field - SuiteDefinitionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"suiteDefinitionId" min:"36" type:"string" required:"true"` + SuiteDefinitionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"suiteDefinitionId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"` - // Device Advisor suite run Id. + // Suite run Id of the test suite run. // // SuiteRunId is a required field - SuiteRunId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"suiteRunId" min:"36" type:"string" required:"true"` + SuiteRunId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"suiteRunId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -1882,14 +1823,14 @@ func (s *GetSuiteRunReportInput) Validate() error { if s.SuiteDefinitionId == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SuiteDefinitionId")) } - if s.SuiteDefinitionId != nil && len(*s.SuiteDefinitionId) < 36 { - invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SuiteDefinitionId", 36)) + if s.SuiteDefinitionId != nil && len(*s.SuiteDefinitionId) < 12 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SuiteDefinitionId", 12)) } if s.SuiteRunId == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SuiteRunId")) } - if s.SuiteRunId != nil && len(*s.SuiteRunId) < 36 { - invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SuiteRunId", 36)) + if s.SuiteRunId != nil && len(*s.SuiteRunId) < 12 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SuiteRunId", 12)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { @@ -1913,7 +1854,7 @@ func (s *GetSuiteRunReportInput) SetSuiteRunId(v string) *GetSuiteRunReportInput type GetSuiteRunReportOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Gets the download URL of the qualification report. + // Download URL of the qualification report. QualificationReportDownloadUrl *string `locationName:"qualificationReportDownloadUrl" type:"string"` } @@ -1937,13 +1878,13 @@ func (s *GetSuiteRunReportOutput) SetQualificationReportDownloadUrl(v string) *G type GroupResult struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Show Group Result Id. - GroupId *string `locationName:"groupId" min:"36" type:"string"` + // Group result Id. + GroupId *string `locationName:"groupId" min:"12" type:"string"` - // Show Group Result Name. + // Group Result Name. GroupName *string `locationName:"groupName" type:"string"` - // Show Group Result. + // Tests under Group Result. Tests []*TestCaseRun `locationName:"tests" type:"list"` } @@ -2035,10 +1976,10 @@ func (s *InternalServerException) RequestID() string { type ListSuiteDefinitionsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Request the list of all the Device Advisor test suites. + // The maximum number of results to return at once. MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` - // Requests the Device Advisor test suites next token. + // A token used to get the next set of results. NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` } @@ -2080,10 +2021,11 @@ func (s *ListSuiteDefinitionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListSuiteDefinitions type ListSuiteDefinitionsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Creates a Device Advisor test suite. + // A token used to get the next set of results. NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` - // Lists test suite information using List suite definition. + // An array of objects that provide summaries of information about the suite + // definitions in the list. SuiteDefinitionInformationList []*SuiteDefinitionInformation `locationName:"suiteDefinitionInformationList" type:"list"` } @@ -2112,18 +2054,18 @@ func (s *ListSuiteDefinitionsOutput) SetSuiteDefinitionInformationList(v []*Suit type ListSuiteRunsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // MaxResults for list suite run API request. + // The maximum number of results to return at once. MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` - // Next pagination token for list suite run request. + // A token to retrieve the next set of results. NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` - // Lists the runs of the specified Device Advisor test suite based on suite - // definition Id. - SuiteDefinitionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"suiteDefinitionId" min:"36" type:"string"` + // Lists the test suite runs of the specified test suite based on suite definition + // Id. + SuiteDefinitionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"suiteDefinitionId" min:"12" type:"string"` - // Lists the runs of the specified Device Advisor test suite based on suite - // definition version. + // Must be passed along with suiteDefinitionId. Lists the test suite runs of + // the specified test suite based on suite definition version. SuiteDefinitionVersion *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"suiteDefinitionVersion" min:"2" type:"string"` } @@ -2143,8 +2085,8 @@ func (s *ListSuiteRunsInput) Validate() error { if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) } - if s.SuiteDefinitionId != nil && len(*s.SuiteDefinitionId) < 36 { - invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SuiteDefinitionId", 36)) + if s.SuiteDefinitionId != nil && len(*s.SuiteDefinitionId) < 12 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SuiteDefinitionId", 12)) } if s.SuiteDefinitionVersion != nil && len(*s.SuiteDefinitionVersion) < 2 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SuiteDefinitionVersion", 2)) @@ -2183,10 +2125,11 @@ func (s *ListSuiteRunsInput) SetSuiteDefinitionVersion(v string) *ListSuiteRunsI type ListSuiteRunsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Next pagination token for list suite run response. + // A token to retrieve the next set of results. NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` - // Lists the runs of the specified Device Advisor test suite. + // An array of objects that provide summaries of information about the suite + // runs in the list. SuiteRunsList []*SuiteRunInformation `locationName:"suiteRunsList" type:"list"` } @@ -2276,110 +2219,6 @@ func (s *ListTagsForResourceOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *ListTagsForRe return s } -type ListTestCasesInput struct { - _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - - // Lists all the qualification test cases in the test suite. - IntendedForQualification *bool `location:"querystring" locationName:"intendedForQualification" type:"boolean"` - - // Requests the test cases max results. - MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` - - // Requests the test cases next token. - NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` -} - -// String returns the string representation -func (s ListTestCasesInput) String() string { - return awsutil.Prettify(s) -} - -// GoString returns the string representation -func (s ListTestCasesInput) GoString() string { - return s.String() -} - -// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. -func (s *ListTestCasesInput) Validate() error { - invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListTestCasesInput"} - if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { - invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) - } - - if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { - return invalidParams - } - return nil -} - -// SetIntendedForQualification sets the IntendedForQualification field's value. -func (s *ListTestCasesInput) SetIntendedForQualification(v bool) *ListTestCasesInput { - s.IntendedForQualification = &v - return s -} - -// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. -func (s *ListTestCasesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListTestCasesInput { - s.MaxResults = &v - return s -} - -// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. -func (s *ListTestCasesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListTestCasesInput { - s.NextToken = &v - return s -} - -type ListTestCasesOutput struct { - _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - - // Gets the category of test case. - Categories []*TestCaseCategory `locationName:"categories" type:"list"` - - // Gets the configuration of test group. - GroupConfiguration map[string]*string `locationName:"groupConfiguration" type:"map"` - - // Test cases next token response. - NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` - - // Gets the configuration of root test group. - RootGroupConfiguration map[string]*string `locationName:"rootGroupConfiguration" type:"map"` -} - -// String returns the string representation -func (s ListTestCasesOutput) String() string { - return awsutil.Prettify(s) -} - -// GoString returns the string representation -func (s ListTestCasesOutput) GoString() string { - return s.String() -} - -// SetCategories sets the Categories field's value. -func (s *ListTestCasesOutput) SetCategories(v []*TestCaseCategory) *ListTestCasesOutput { - s.Categories = v - return s -} - -// SetGroupConfiguration sets the GroupConfiguration field's value. -func (s *ListTestCasesOutput) SetGroupConfiguration(v map[string]*string) *ListTestCasesOutput { - s.GroupConfiguration = v - return s -} - -// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. -func (s *ListTestCasesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListTestCasesOutput { - s.NextToken = &v - return s -} - -// SetRootGroupConfiguration sets the RootGroupConfiguration field's value. -func (s *ListTestCasesOutput) SetRootGroupConfiguration(v map[string]*string) *ListTestCasesOutput { - s.RootGroupConfiguration = v - return s -} - // Sends Resource Not Found Exception. type ResourceNotFoundException struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -2440,15 +2279,15 @@ func (s *ResourceNotFoundException) RequestID() string { type StartSuiteRunInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Request to start suite run based on suite definition Id. + // Suite definition Id of the test suite. // // SuiteDefinitionId is a required field - SuiteDefinitionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"suiteDefinitionId" min:"36" type:"string" required:"true"` + SuiteDefinitionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"suiteDefinitionId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"` - // Request to start suite run based on suite definition version. + // Suite definition version of the test suite. SuiteDefinitionVersion *string `locationName:"suiteDefinitionVersion" min:"2" type:"string"` - // Request to start suite run based on suite configuration. + // Suite run configuration. SuiteRunConfiguration *SuiteRunConfiguration `locationName:"suiteRunConfiguration" type:"structure"` // The tags to be attached to the suite run. @@ -2471,8 +2310,8 @@ func (s *StartSuiteRunInput) Validate() error { if s.SuiteDefinitionId == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SuiteDefinitionId")) } - if s.SuiteDefinitionId != nil && len(*s.SuiteDefinitionId) < 36 { - invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SuiteDefinitionId", 36)) + if s.SuiteDefinitionId != nil && len(*s.SuiteDefinitionId) < 12 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SuiteDefinitionId", 12)) } if s.SuiteDefinitionVersion != nil && len(*s.SuiteDefinitionVersion) < 2 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SuiteDefinitionVersion", 2)) @@ -2516,14 +2355,14 @@ func (s *StartSuiteRunInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *StartSuiteRunInput { type StartSuiteRunOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Starts a Device Advisor test suite run based on suite create time. + // Date (in Unix epoch time) when the suite run was created. CreatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"createdAt" type:"timestamp"` - // Starts a Device Advisor test suite run based on suite run arn. + // Amazon resource name of the started suite run. SuiteRunArn *string `locationName:"suiteRunArn" min:"20" type:"string"` - // Starts a Device Advisor test suite run based on suite Run Id. - SuiteRunId *string `locationName:"suiteRunId" min:"36" type:"string"` + // Suite Run Id of the started suite run. + SuiteRunId *string `locationName:"suiteRunId" min:"12" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -2554,6 +2393,78 @@ func (s *StartSuiteRunOutput) SetSuiteRunId(v string) *StartSuiteRunOutput { return s } +type StopSuiteRunInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Suite definition Id of the test suite run to be stopped. + // + // SuiteDefinitionId is a required field + SuiteDefinitionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"suiteDefinitionId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Suite run Id of the test suite run to be stopped. + // + // SuiteRunId is a required field + SuiteRunId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"suiteRunId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StopSuiteRunInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StopSuiteRunInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *StopSuiteRunInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopSuiteRunInput"} + if s.SuiteDefinitionId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SuiteDefinitionId")) + } + if s.SuiteDefinitionId != nil && len(*s.SuiteDefinitionId) < 12 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SuiteDefinitionId", 12)) + } + if s.SuiteRunId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SuiteRunId")) + } + if s.SuiteRunId != nil && len(*s.SuiteRunId) < 12 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SuiteRunId", 12)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetSuiteDefinitionId sets the SuiteDefinitionId field's value. +func (s *StopSuiteRunInput) SetSuiteDefinitionId(v string) *StopSuiteRunInput { + s.SuiteDefinitionId = &v + return s +} + +// SetSuiteRunId sets the SuiteRunId field's value. +func (s *StopSuiteRunInput) SetSuiteRunId(v string) *StopSuiteRunInput { + s.SuiteRunId = &v + return s +} + +type StopSuiteRunOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StopSuiteRunOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StopSuiteRunOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + // Gets Suite Definition Configuration. type SuiteDefinitionConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -2643,23 +2554,23 @@ func (s *SuiteDefinitionConfiguration) SetSuiteDefinitionName(v string) *SuiteDe return s } -// Get suite definition information. +// Information about the suite definition. type SuiteDefinitionInformation struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Gets the information of when the test suite was created. + // Date (in Unix epoch time) when the test suite was created. CreatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"createdAt" type:"timestamp"` - // Specifies the devices under test. + // Specifies the devices under test for the test suite. DefaultDevices []*DeviceUnderTest `locationName:"defaultDevices" type:"list"` - // Gets the test suites which will be used for qualification. + // Specifies if the test suite is intended for qualification. IntendedForQualification *bool `locationName:"intendedForQualification" type:"boolean"` - // Get suite definition Id. - SuiteDefinitionId *string `locationName:"suiteDefinitionId" min:"36" type:"string"` + // Suite definition Id of the test suite. + SuiteDefinitionId *string `locationName:"suiteDefinitionId" min:"12" type:"string"` - // Get test suite name. + // Suite name of the test suite. SuiteDefinitionName *string `locationName:"suiteDefinitionName" min:"1" type:"string"` } @@ -2710,9 +2621,6 @@ type SuiteRunConfiguration struct { // Gets the primary device for suite run. PrimaryDevice *DeviceUnderTest `locationName:"primaryDevice" type:"structure"` - // Gets the secondary device for suite run. - SecondaryDevice *DeviceUnderTest `locationName:"secondaryDevice" type:"structure"` - // Gets test case list. SelectedTestList []*string `locationName:"selectedTestList" type:"list"` } @@ -2735,11 +2643,6 @@ func (s *SuiteRunConfiguration) Validate() error { invalidParams.AddNested("PrimaryDevice", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } - if s.SecondaryDevice != nil { - if err := s.SecondaryDevice.Validate(); err != nil { - invalidParams.AddNested("SecondaryDevice", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) - } - } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams @@ -2753,51 +2656,45 @@ func (s *SuiteRunConfiguration) SetPrimaryDevice(v *DeviceUnderTest) *SuiteRunCo return s } -// SetSecondaryDevice sets the SecondaryDevice field's value. -func (s *SuiteRunConfiguration) SetSecondaryDevice(v *DeviceUnderTest) *SuiteRunConfiguration { - s.SecondaryDevice = v - return s -} - // SetSelectedTestList sets the SelectedTestList field's value. func (s *SuiteRunConfiguration) SetSelectedTestList(v []*string) *SuiteRunConfiguration { s.SelectedTestList = v return s } -// Get suite run information. +// Information about the suite run. type SuiteRunInformation struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Get suite run information based on time suite was created. + // Date (in Unix epoch time) when the suite run was created. CreatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"createdAt" type:"timestamp"` - // Get suite run information based on end time of the run. + // Date (in Unix epoch time) when the suite run ended. EndAt *time.Time `locationName:"endAt" type:"timestamp"` - // Get suite run information based on result of the test suite run. + // Number of test cases that failed in the suite run. Failed *int64 `locationName:"failed" type:"integer"` - // Get suite run information based on result of the test suite run. + // Number of test cases that passed in the suite run. Passed *int64 `locationName:"passed" type:"integer"` - // Get suite run information based on start time of the run. + // Date (in Unix epoch time) when the suite run was started. StartedAt *time.Time `locationName:"startedAt" type:"timestamp"` - // Get suite run information based on test run status. + // Status of the suite run. Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"SuiteRunStatus"` - // Get suite run information based on suite definition Id. - SuiteDefinitionId *string `locationName:"suiteDefinitionId" min:"36" type:"string"` + // Suite definition Id of the suite run. + SuiteDefinitionId *string `locationName:"suiteDefinitionId" min:"12" type:"string"` - // Get suite run information based on suite definition name. + // Suite definition name of the suite run. SuiteDefinitionName *string `locationName:"suiteDefinitionName" min:"1" type:"string"` - // Get suite run information based on suite definition version. + // Suite definition version of the suite run. SuiteDefinitionVersion *string `locationName:"suiteDefinitionVersion" min:"2" type:"string"` - // Get suite run information based on suite run Id. - SuiteRunId *string `locationName:"suiteRunId" min:"36" type:"string"` + // Suite run Id of the suite run. + SuiteRunId *string `locationName:"suiteRunId" min:"12" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -2939,114 +2836,6 @@ func (s TagResourceOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Shows tests in a test group. -type TestCase struct { - _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - - // Shows test case configuration. - Configuration map[string]*string `locationName:"configuration" type:"map"` - - // Shows test case name. - Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` - - // Specifies a test. - Test *TestCaseDefinition `locationName:"test" type:"structure"` -} - -// String returns the string representation -func (s TestCase) String() string { - return awsutil.Prettify(s) -} - -// GoString returns the string representation -func (s TestCase) GoString() string { - return s.String() -} - -// SetConfiguration sets the Configuration field's value. -func (s *TestCase) SetConfiguration(v map[string]*string) *TestCase { - s.Configuration = v - return s -} - -// SetName sets the Name field's value. -func (s *TestCase) SetName(v string) *TestCase { - s.Name = &v - return s -} - -// SetTest sets the Test field's value. -func (s *TestCase) SetTest(v *TestCaseDefinition) *TestCase { - s.Test = v - return s -} - -// Gets the test case category. -type TestCaseCategory struct { - _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - - // Lists all the tests name in the specified category. - Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` - - // Lists all the tests in the specified category. - Tests []*TestCase `locationName:"tests" type:"list"` -} - -// String returns the string representation -func (s TestCaseCategory) String() string { - return awsutil.Prettify(s) -} - -// GoString returns the string representation -func (s TestCaseCategory) GoString() string { - return s.String() -} - -// SetName sets the Name field's value. -func (s *TestCaseCategory) SetName(v string) *TestCaseCategory { - s.Name = &v - return s -} - -// SetTests sets the Tests field's value. -func (s *TestCaseCategory) SetTests(v []*TestCase) *TestCaseCategory { - s.Tests = v - return s -} - -// Provides test case definition. -type TestCaseDefinition struct { - _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - - // Provides test case definition Id. - Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` - - // Provides test case definition version. - TestCaseVersion *string `locationName:"testCaseVersion" type:"string"` -} - -// String returns the string representation -func (s TestCaseDefinition) String() string { - return awsutil.Prettify(s) -} - -// GoString returns the string representation -func (s TestCaseDefinition) GoString() string { - return s.String() -} - -// SetId sets the Id field's value. -func (s *TestCaseDefinition) SetId(v string) *TestCaseDefinition { - s.Id = &v - return s -} - -// SetTestCaseVersion sets the TestCaseVersion field's value. -func (s *TestCaseDefinition) SetTestCaseVersion(v string) *TestCaseDefinition { - s.TestCaseVersion = &v - return s -} - // Provides test case run. type TestCaseRun struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -3067,13 +2856,13 @@ type TestCaseRun struct { Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"Status"` // Provides test case run definition Id. - TestCaseDefinitionId *string `locationName:"testCaseDefinitionId" min:"36" type:"string"` + TestCaseDefinitionId *string `locationName:"testCaseDefinitionId" min:"12" type:"string"` // Provides test case run definition Name. TestCaseDefinitionName *string `locationName:"testCaseDefinitionName" type:"string"` // Provides test case run Id. - TestCaseRunId *string `locationName:"testCaseRunId" min:"36" type:"string"` + TestCaseRunId *string `locationName:"testCaseRunId" min:"12" type:"string"` // Provides test case run warnings. Warnings *string `locationName:"warnings" type:"string"` @@ -3242,10 +3031,10 @@ type UpdateSuiteDefinitionInput struct { // Updates a Device Advisor test suite with suite definition configuration. SuiteDefinitionConfiguration *SuiteDefinitionConfiguration `locationName:"suiteDefinitionConfiguration" type:"structure"` - // Updates a Device Advisor test suite with suite definition id. + // Suite definition Id of the test suite to be updated. // // SuiteDefinitionId is a required field - SuiteDefinitionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"suiteDefinitionId" min:"36" type:"string" required:"true"` + SuiteDefinitionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"suiteDefinitionId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -3264,8 +3053,8 @@ func (s *UpdateSuiteDefinitionInput) Validate() error { if s.SuiteDefinitionId == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SuiteDefinitionId")) } - if s.SuiteDefinitionId != nil && len(*s.SuiteDefinitionId) < 36 { - invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SuiteDefinitionId", 36)) + if s.SuiteDefinitionId != nil && len(*s.SuiteDefinitionId) < 12 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SuiteDefinitionId", 12)) } if s.SuiteDefinitionConfiguration != nil { if err := s.SuiteDefinitionConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { @@ -3294,22 +3083,22 @@ func (s *UpdateSuiteDefinitionInput) SetSuiteDefinitionId(v string) *UpdateSuite type UpdateSuiteDefinitionOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Updates a Device Advisor test suite with TimeStamp of when it was created. + // Timestamp of when the test suite was created. CreatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"createdAt" type:"timestamp"` - // Updates a Device Advisor test suite with TimeStamp of when it was updated. + // Timestamp of when the test suite was updated. LastUpdatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"lastUpdatedAt" type:"timestamp"` - // Updates a Device Advisor test suite with Amazon Resource name. + // Amazon Resource name of the updated test suite. SuiteDefinitionArn *string `locationName:"suiteDefinitionArn" min:"20" type:"string"` - // Updates a Device Advisor test suite with suite UUID. - SuiteDefinitionId *string `locationName:"suiteDefinitionId" min:"36" type:"string"` + // Suite definition Id of the updated test suite. + SuiteDefinitionId *string `locationName:"suiteDefinitionId" min:"12" type:"string"` - // Updates a Device Advisor test suite with suite definition name. + // Suite definition name of the updated test suite. SuiteDefinitionName *string `locationName:"suiteDefinitionName" min:"1" type:"string"` - // Updates a Device Advisor test suite with suite definition version. + // Suite definition version of the updated test suite. SuiteDefinitionVersion *string `locationName:"suiteDefinitionVersion" min:"2" type:"string"` } @@ -3432,6 +3221,12 @@ const ( // StatusRunning is a Status enum value StatusRunning = "RUNNING" + // StatusStopping is a Status enum value + StatusStopping = "STOPPING" + + // StatusStopped is a Status enum value + StatusStopped = "STOPPED" + // StatusPassWithWarnings is a Status enum value StatusPassWithWarnings = "PASS_WITH_WARNINGS" @@ -3447,6 +3242,8 @@ func Status_Values() []string { StatusCanceled, StatusPending, StatusRunning, + StatusStopping, + StatusStopped, StatusPassWithWarnings, StatusError, } @@ -3468,6 +3265,12 @@ const ( // SuiteRunStatusRunning is a SuiteRunStatus enum value SuiteRunStatusRunning = "RUNNING" + // SuiteRunStatusStopping is a SuiteRunStatus enum value + SuiteRunStatusStopping = "STOPPING" + + // SuiteRunStatusStopped is a SuiteRunStatus enum value + SuiteRunStatusStopped = "STOPPED" + // SuiteRunStatusPassWithWarnings is a SuiteRunStatus enum value SuiteRunStatusPassWithWarnings = "PASS_WITH_WARNINGS" @@ -3483,6 +3286,8 @@ func SuiteRunStatus_Values() []string { SuiteRunStatusCanceled, SuiteRunStatusPending, SuiteRunStatusRunning, + SuiteRunStatusStopping, + SuiteRunStatusStopped, SuiteRunStatusPassWithWarnings, SuiteRunStatusError, } diff --git a/service/iotdeviceadvisor/iotdeviceadvisoriface/interface.go b/service/iotdeviceadvisor/iotdeviceadvisoriface/interface.go index a45f1e172a5..f4bd282b518 100644 --- a/service/iotdeviceadvisor/iotdeviceadvisoriface/interface.go +++ b/service/iotdeviceadvisor/iotdeviceadvisoriface/interface.go @@ -98,17 +98,14 @@ type IoTDeviceAdvisorAPI interface { ListTagsForResourceWithContext(aws.Context, *iotdeviceadvisor.ListTagsForResourceInput, ...request.Option) (*iotdeviceadvisor.ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) ListTagsForResourceRequest(*iotdeviceadvisor.ListTagsForResourceInput) (*request.Request, *iotdeviceadvisor.ListTagsForResourceOutput) - ListTestCases(*iotdeviceadvisor.ListTestCasesInput) (*iotdeviceadvisor.ListTestCasesOutput, error) - ListTestCasesWithContext(aws.Context, *iotdeviceadvisor.ListTestCasesInput, ...request.Option) (*iotdeviceadvisor.ListTestCasesOutput, error) - ListTestCasesRequest(*iotdeviceadvisor.ListTestCasesInput) (*request.Request, *iotdeviceadvisor.ListTestCasesOutput) - - ListTestCasesPages(*iotdeviceadvisor.ListTestCasesInput, func(*iotdeviceadvisor.ListTestCasesOutput, bool) bool) error - ListTestCasesPagesWithContext(aws.Context, *iotdeviceadvisor.ListTestCasesInput, func(*iotdeviceadvisor.ListTestCasesOutput, bool) bool, ...request.Option) error - StartSuiteRun(*iotdeviceadvisor.StartSuiteRunInput) (*iotdeviceadvisor.StartSuiteRunOutput, error) StartSuiteRunWithContext(aws.Context, *iotdeviceadvisor.StartSuiteRunInput, ...request.Option) (*iotdeviceadvisor.StartSuiteRunOutput, error) StartSuiteRunRequest(*iotdeviceadvisor.StartSuiteRunInput) (*request.Request, *iotdeviceadvisor.StartSuiteRunOutput) + StopSuiteRun(*iotdeviceadvisor.StopSuiteRunInput) (*iotdeviceadvisor.StopSuiteRunOutput, error) + StopSuiteRunWithContext(aws.Context, *iotdeviceadvisor.StopSuiteRunInput, ...request.Option) (*iotdeviceadvisor.StopSuiteRunOutput, error) + StopSuiteRunRequest(*iotdeviceadvisor.StopSuiteRunInput) (*request.Request, *iotdeviceadvisor.StopSuiteRunOutput) + TagResource(*iotdeviceadvisor.TagResourceInput) (*iotdeviceadvisor.TagResourceOutput, error) TagResourceWithContext(aws.Context, *iotdeviceadvisor.TagResourceInput, ...request.Option) (*iotdeviceadvisor.TagResourceOutput, error) TagResourceRequest(*iotdeviceadvisor.TagResourceInput) (*request.Request, *iotdeviceadvisor.TagResourceOutput) diff --git a/service/mediaconnect/api.go b/service/mediaconnect/api.go index 6e1beb81828..873e5cdd5b5 100644 --- a/service/mediaconnect/api.go +++ b/service/mediaconnect/api.go @@ -12,6 +12,114 @@ import ( "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restjson" ) +const opAddFlowMediaStreams = "AddFlowMediaStreams" + +// AddFlowMediaStreamsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the AddFlowMediaStreams operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See AddFlowMediaStreams for more information on using the AddFlowMediaStreams +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the AddFlowMediaStreamsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.AddFlowMediaStreamsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconnect-2018-11-14/AddFlowMediaStreams +func (c *MediaConnect) AddFlowMediaStreamsRequest(input *AddFlowMediaStreamsInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddFlowMediaStreamsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opAddFlowMediaStreams, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/v1/flows/{flowArn}/mediaStreams", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &AddFlowMediaStreamsInput{} + } + + output = &AddFlowMediaStreamsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// AddFlowMediaStreams API operation for AWS MediaConnect. +// +// Adds media streams to an existing flow. After you add a media stream to a +// flow, you can associate it with a source and/or an output that uses the ST +// 2110 JPEG XS or CDI protocol. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS MediaConnect's +// API operation AddFlowMediaStreams for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Types: +// * BadRequestException +// Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and +// documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this +// exception. +// +// * InternalServerErrorException +// Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and +// documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this +// exception. +// +// * ForbiddenException +// Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and +// documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this +// exception. +// +// * NotFoundException +// Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and +// documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this +// exception. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and +// documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this +// exception. +// +// * TooManyRequestsException +// Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and +// documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this +// exception. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconnect-2018-11-14/AddFlowMediaStreams +func (c *MediaConnect) AddFlowMediaStreams(input *AddFlowMediaStreamsInput) (*AddFlowMediaStreamsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.AddFlowMediaStreamsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// AddFlowMediaStreamsWithContext is the same as AddFlowMediaStreams with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See AddFlowMediaStreams for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaConnect) AddFlowMediaStreamsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddFlowMediaStreamsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddFlowMediaStreamsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.AddFlowMediaStreamsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + const opAddFlowOutputs = "AddFlowOutputs" // AddFlowOutputsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -1793,6 +1901,113 @@ func (c *MediaConnect) PurchaseOfferingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Purch return out, req.Send() } +const opRemoveFlowMediaStream = "RemoveFlowMediaStream" + +// RemoveFlowMediaStreamRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the RemoveFlowMediaStream operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See RemoveFlowMediaStream for more information on using the RemoveFlowMediaStream +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the RemoveFlowMediaStreamRequest method. +// req, resp := client.RemoveFlowMediaStreamRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconnect-2018-11-14/RemoveFlowMediaStream +func (c *MediaConnect) RemoveFlowMediaStreamRequest(input *RemoveFlowMediaStreamInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveFlowMediaStreamOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opRemoveFlowMediaStream, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/v1/flows/{flowArn}/mediaStreams/{mediaStreamName}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &RemoveFlowMediaStreamInput{} + } + + output = &RemoveFlowMediaStreamOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// RemoveFlowMediaStream API operation for AWS MediaConnect. +// +// Removes a media stream from a flow. This action is only available if the +// media stream is not associated with a source or output. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS MediaConnect's +// API operation RemoveFlowMediaStream for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Types: +// * BadRequestException +// Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and +// documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this +// exception. +// +// * InternalServerErrorException +// Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and +// documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this +// exception. +// +// * ForbiddenException +// Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and +// documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this +// exception. +// +// * NotFoundException +// Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and +// documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this +// exception. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and +// documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this +// exception. +// +// * TooManyRequestsException +// Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and +// documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this +// exception. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconnect-2018-11-14/RemoveFlowMediaStream +func (c *MediaConnect) RemoveFlowMediaStream(input *RemoveFlowMediaStreamInput) (*RemoveFlowMediaStreamOutput, error) { + req, out := c.RemoveFlowMediaStreamRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// RemoveFlowMediaStreamWithContext is the same as RemoveFlowMediaStream with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See RemoveFlowMediaStream for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaConnect) RemoveFlowMediaStreamWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveFlowMediaStreamInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveFlowMediaStreamOutput, error) { + req, out := c.RemoveFlowMediaStreamRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + const opRemoveFlowOutput = "RemoveFlowOutput" // RemoveFlowOutputRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -2839,6 +3054,112 @@ func (c *MediaConnect) UpdateFlowEntitlementWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input * return out, req.Send() } +const opUpdateFlowMediaStream = "UpdateFlowMediaStream" + +// UpdateFlowMediaStreamRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UpdateFlowMediaStream operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See UpdateFlowMediaStream for more information on using the UpdateFlowMediaStream +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the UpdateFlowMediaStreamRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UpdateFlowMediaStreamRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconnect-2018-11-14/UpdateFlowMediaStream +func (c *MediaConnect) UpdateFlowMediaStreamRequest(input *UpdateFlowMediaStreamInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateFlowMediaStreamOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUpdateFlowMediaStream, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/v1/flows/{flowArn}/mediaStreams/{mediaStreamName}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UpdateFlowMediaStreamInput{} + } + + output = &UpdateFlowMediaStreamOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// UpdateFlowMediaStream API operation for AWS MediaConnect. +// +// Updates an existing media stream. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS MediaConnect's +// API operation UpdateFlowMediaStream for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Types: +// * BadRequestException +// Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and +// documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this +// exception. +// +// * InternalServerErrorException +// Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and +// documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this +// exception. +// +// * ForbiddenException +// Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and +// documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this +// exception. +// +// * NotFoundException +// Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and +// documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this +// exception. +// +// * ServiceUnavailableException +// Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and +// documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this +// exception. +// +// * TooManyRequestsException +// Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and +// documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this +// exception. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconnect-2018-11-14/UpdateFlowMediaStream +func (c *MediaConnect) UpdateFlowMediaStream(input *UpdateFlowMediaStreamInput) (*UpdateFlowMediaStreamOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateFlowMediaStreamRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UpdateFlowMediaStreamWithContext is the same as UpdateFlowMediaStream with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UpdateFlowMediaStream for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaConnect) UpdateFlowMediaStreamWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateFlowMediaStreamInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateFlowMediaStreamOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateFlowMediaStreamRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + const opUpdateFlowOutput = "UpdateFlowOutput" // UpdateFlowOutputRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -3051,10 +3372,108 @@ func (c *MediaConnect) UpdateFlowSourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Updat return out, req.Send() } -// Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and -// documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this -// exception. -type AddFlowOutputs420Exception struct { +// Adds media streams to an existing flow. +type AddFlowMediaStreamsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // FlowArn is a required field + FlowArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"flowArn" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The media streams that you want to add to the flow. + // + // MediaStreams is a required field + MediaStreams []*AddMediaStreamRequest `locationName:"mediaStreams" type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AddFlowMediaStreamsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AddFlowMediaStreamsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *AddFlowMediaStreamsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddFlowMediaStreamsInput"} + if s.FlowArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FlowArn")) + } + if s.FlowArn != nil && len(*s.FlowArn) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FlowArn", 1)) + } + if s.MediaStreams == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MediaStreams")) + } + if s.MediaStreams != nil { + for i, v := range s.MediaStreams { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "MediaStreams", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetFlowArn sets the FlowArn field's value. +func (s *AddFlowMediaStreamsInput) SetFlowArn(v string) *AddFlowMediaStreamsInput { + s.FlowArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetMediaStreams sets the MediaStreams field's value. +func (s *AddFlowMediaStreamsInput) SetMediaStreams(v []*AddMediaStreamRequest) *AddFlowMediaStreamsInput { + s.MediaStreams = v + return s +} + +// The result of a successful AddFlowMediaStreamsRequest request. The response +// includes the details of the newly added media streams. +type AddFlowMediaStreamsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ARN of the flow that you added media streams to. + FlowArn *string `locationName:"flowArn" type:"string"` + + // The media streams that you added to the flow. + MediaStreams []*MediaStream `locationName:"mediaStreams" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AddFlowMediaStreamsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AddFlowMediaStreamsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetFlowArn sets the FlowArn field's value. +func (s *AddFlowMediaStreamsOutput) SetFlowArn(v string) *AddFlowMediaStreamsOutput { + s.FlowArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetMediaStreams sets the MediaStreams field's value. +func (s *AddFlowMediaStreamsOutput) SetMediaStreams(v []*MediaStream) *AddFlowMediaStreamsOutput { + s.MediaStreams = v + return s +} + +// Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and +// documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this +// exception. +type AddFlowOutputs420Exception struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` @@ -3403,6 +3822,112 @@ func (s *AddFlowVpcInterfacesOutput) SetVpcInterfaces(v []*VpcInterface) *AddFlo return s } +// The media stream that you want to add to the flow. +type AddMediaStreamRequest struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The attributes that you want to assign to the new media stream. + Attributes *MediaStreamAttributesRequest `locationName:"attributes" type:"structure"` + + // The sample rate (in Hz) for the stream. If the media stream type is video + // or ancillary data, set this value to 90000. If the media stream type is audio, + // set this value to either 48000 or 96000. + ClockRate *int64 `locationName:"clockRate" type:"integer"` + + // A description that can help you quickly identify what your media stream is + // used for. + Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` + + // A unique identifier for the media stream. + // + // MediaStreamId is a required field + MediaStreamId *int64 `locationName:"mediaStreamId" type:"integer" required:"true"` + + // A name that helps you distinguish one media stream from another. + // + // MediaStreamName is a required field + MediaStreamName *string `locationName:"mediaStreamName" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The type of media stream. + // + // MediaStreamType is a required field + MediaStreamType *string `locationName:"mediaStreamType" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"MediaStreamType"` + + // The resolution of the video. + VideoFormat *string `locationName:"videoFormat" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AddMediaStreamRequest) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AddMediaStreamRequest) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *AddMediaStreamRequest) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddMediaStreamRequest"} + if s.MediaStreamId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MediaStreamId")) + } + if s.MediaStreamName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MediaStreamName")) + } + if s.MediaStreamType == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MediaStreamType")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAttributes sets the Attributes field's value. +func (s *AddMediaStreamRequest) SetAttributes(v *MediaStreamAttributesRequest) *AddMediaStreamRequest { + s.Attributes = v + return s +} + +// SetClockRate sets the ClockRate field's value. +func (s *AddMediaStreamRequest) SetClockRate(v int64) *AddMediaStreamRequest { + s.ClockRate = &v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *AddMediaStreamRequest) SetDescription(v string) *AddMediaStreamRequest { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetMediaStreamId sets the MediaStreamId field's value. +func (s *AddMediaStreamRequest) SetMediaStreamId(v int64) *AddMediaStreamRequest { + s.MediaStreamId = &v + return s +} + +// SetMediaStreamName sets the MediaStreamName field's value. +func (s *AddMediaStreamRequest) SetMediaStreamName(v string) *AddMediaStreamRequest { + s.MediaStreamName = &v + return s +} + +// SetMediaStreamType sets the MediaStreamType field's value. +func (s *AddMediaStreamRequest) SetMediaStreamType(v string) *AddMediaStreamRequest { + s.MediaStreamType = &v + return s +} + +// SetVideoFormat sets the VideoFormat field's value. +func (s *AddMediaStreamRequest) SetVideoFormat(v string) *AddMediaStreamRequest { + s.VideoFormat = &v + return s +} + // The output that you want to add to this flow. type AddOutputRequest struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -3426,6 +3951,10 @@ type AddOutputRequest struct { // The maximum latency in milliseconds for Zixi-based streams. MaxLatency *int64 `locationName:"maxLatency" type:"integer"` + // The media streams that are associated with the output, and the parameters + // for those associations. + MediaStreamOutputConfigurations []*MediaStreamOutputConfigurationRequest `locationName:"mediaStreamOutputConfigurations" type:"list"` + // The minimum latency in milliseconds for SRT-based streams. In streams that // use the SRT protocol, this value that you set on your MediaConnect source // or output represents the minimal potential latency of that connection. The @@ -3479,6 +4008,16 @@ func (s *AddOutputRequest) Validate() error { invalidParams.AddNested("Encryption", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } + if s.MediaStreamOutputConfigurations != nil { + for i, v := range s.MediaStreamOutputConfigurations { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "MediaStreamOutputConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams @@ -3516,6 +4055,12 @@ func (s *AddOutputRequest) SetMaxLatency(v int64) *AddOutputRequest { return s } +// SetMediaStreamOutputConfigurations sets the MediaStreamOutputConfigurations field's value. +func (s *AddOutputRequest) SetMediaStreamOutputConfigurations(v []*MediaStreamOutputConfigurationRequest) *AddOutputRequest { + s.MediaStreamOutputConfigurations = v + return s +} + // SetMinLatency sets the MinLatency field's value. func (s *AddOutputRequest) SetMinLatency(v int64) *AddOutputRequest { s.MinLatency = &v @@ -3681,7 +4226,7 @@ func (s *CreateFlow420Exception) RequestID() string { } // Creates a new flow. The request must include one source. The request optionally -// can include outputs (up to 50) and one entitlement. +// can include outputs (up to 50) and entitlements (up to 50.) type CreateFlowInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -3692,6 +4237,10 @@ type CreateFlowInput struct { // The entitlements that you want to grant on a flow. Entitlements []*GrantEntitlementRequest `locationName:"entitlements" type:"list"` + // The media streams that you want to add to the flow. You can associate these + // media streams with sources and outputs on the flow. + MediaStreams []*AddMediaStreamRequest `locationName:"mediaStreams" type:"list"` + // The name of the flow. // // Name is a required field @@ -3738,6 +4287,16 @@ func (s *CreateFlowInput) Validate() error { } } } + if s.MediaStreams != nil { + for i, v := range s.MediaStreams { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "MediaStreams", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } if s.Outputs != nil { for i, v := range s.Outputs { if v == nil { @@ -3792,6 +4351,12 @@ func (s *CreateFlowInput) SetEntitlements(v []*GrantEntitlementRequest) *CreateF return s } +// SetMediaStreams sets the MediaStreams field's value. +func (s *CreateFlowInput) SetMediaStreams(v []*AddMediaStreamRequest) *CreateFlowInput { + s.MediaStreams = v + return s +} + // SetName sets the Name field's value. func (s *CreateFlowInput) SetName(v string) *CreateFlowInput { s.Name = &v @@ -4128,70 +4693,119 @@ func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetReservation(v *Reservation) *DescribeRese return s } -// Information about the encryption of the flow. -type Encryption struct { +// The transport parameters that are associated with an outbound media stream. +type DestinationConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The type of algorithm that is used for the encryption (such as aes128, aes192, - // or aes256). - Algorithm *string `locationName:"algorithm" type:"string" enum:"Algorithm"` + // The IP address where contents of the media stream will be sent. + // + // DestinationIp is a required field + DestinationIp *string `locationName:"destinationIp" type:"string" required:"true"` - // A 128-bit, 16-byte hex value represented by a 32-character string, to be - // used with the key for encrypting content. This parameter is not valid for - // static key encryption. - ConstantInitializationVector *string `locationName:"constantInitializationVector" type:"string"` + // The port to use when the content of the media stream is distributed to the + // output. + // + // DestinationPort is a required field + DestinationPort *int64 `locationName:"destinationPort" type:"integer" required:"true"` - // The value of one of the devices that you configured with your digital rights - // management (DRM) platform key provider. This parameter is required for SPEKE - // encryption and is not valid for static key encryption. - DeviceId *string `locationName:"deviceId" type:"string"` + // The VPC interface that is used for the media stream associated with the output. + // + // Interface is a required field + Interface *Interface `locationName:"interface" type:"structure" required:"true"` - // The type of key that is used for the encryption. If no keyType is provided, - // the service will use the default setting (static-key). - KeyType *string `locationName:"keyType" type:"string" enum:"KeyType"` + // The IP address that the receiver requires in order to establish a connection + // with the flow. This value is represented by the elastic network interface + // IP address of the VPC. This field applies only to outputs that use the CDI + // or ST 2110 JPEG XS protocol. + // + // OutboundIp is a required field + OutboundIp *string `locationName:"outboundIp" type:"string" required:"true"` +} - // The AWS Region that the API Gateway proxy endpoint was created in. This parameter - // is required for SPEKE encryption and is not valid for static key encryption. - Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string"` +// String returns the string representation +func (s DestinationConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} - // An identifier for the content. The service sends this value to the key server - // to identify the current endpoint. The resource ID is also known as the content - // ID. This parameter is required for SPEKE encryption and is not valid for - // static key encryption. - ResourceId *string `locationName:"resourceId" type:"string"` +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DestinationConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} - // The ARN of the role that you created during setup (when you set up AWS Elemental - // MediaConnect as a trusted entity). +// SetDestinationIp sets the DestinationIp field's value. +func (s *DestinationConfiguration) SetDestinationIp(v string) *DestinationConfiguration { + s.DestinationIp = &v + return s +} + +// SetDestinationPort sets the DestinationPort field's value. +func (s *DestinationConfiguration) SetDestinationPort(v int64) *DestinationConfiguration { + s.DestinationPort = &v + return s +} + +// SetInterface sets the Interface field's value. +func (s *DestinationConfiguration) SetInterface(v *Interface) *DestinationConfiguration { + s.Interface = v + return s +} + +// SetOutboundIp sets the OutboundIp field's value. +func (s *DestinationConfiguration) SetOutboundIp(v string) *DestinationConfiguration { + s.OutboundIp = &v + return s +} + +// The transport parameters that you want to associate with an outbound media +// stream. +type DestinationConfigurationRequest struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The IP address where you want MediaConnect to send contents of the media + // stream. // - // RoleArn is a required field - RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string" required:"true"` + // DestinationIp is a required field + DestinationIp *string `locationName:"destinationIp" type:"string" required:"true"` - // The ARN of the secret that you created in AWS Secrets Manager to store the - // encryption key. This parameter is required for static key encryption and - // is not valid for SPEKE encryption. - SecretArn *string `locationName:"secretArn" type:"string"` + // The port that you want MediaConnect to use when it distributes the media + // stream to the output. + // + // DestinationPort is a required field + DestinationPort *int64 `locationName:"destinationPort" type:"integer" required:"true"` - // The URL from the API Gateway proxy that you set up to talk to your key server. - // This parameter is required for SPEKE encryption and is not valid for static - // key encryption. - Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` + // The VPC interface that you want to use for the media stream associated with + // the output. + // + // Interface is a required field + Interface *InterfaceRequest `locationName:"interface" type:"structure" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation -func (s Encryption) String() string { +func (s DestinationConfigurationRequest) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation -func (s Encryption) GoString() string { +func (s DestinationConfigurationRequest) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. -func (s *Encryption) Validate() error { - invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Encryption"} - if s.RoleArn == nil { - invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn")) +func (s *DestinationConfigurationRequest) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DestinationConfigurationRequest"} + if s.DestinationIp == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DestinationIp")) + } + if s.DestinationPort == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DestinationPort")) + } + if s.Interface == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Interface")) + } + if s.Interface != nil { + if err := s.Interface.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Interface", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { @@ -4200,39 +4814,234 @@ func (s *Encryption) Validate() error { return nil } -// SetAlgorithm sets the Algorithm field's value. -func (s *Encryption) SetAlgorithm(v string) *Encryption { - s.Algorithm = &v +// SetDestinationIp sets the DestinationIp field's value. +func (s *DestinationConfigurationRequest) SetDestinationIp(v string) *DestinationConfigurationRequest { + s.DestinationIp = &v return s } -// SetConstantInitializationVector sets the ConstantInitializationVector field's value. -func (s *Encryption) SetConstantInitializationVector(v string) *Encryption { - s.ConstantInitializationVector = &v +// SetDestinationPort sets the DestinationPort field's value. +func (s *DestinationConfigurationRequest) SetDestinationPort(v int64) *DestinationConfigurationRequest { + s.DestinationPort = &v return s } -// SetDeviceId sets the DeviceId field's value. -func (s *Encryption) SetDeviceId(v string) *Encryption { - s.DeviceId = &v +// SetInterface sets the Interface field's value. +func (s *DestinationConfigurationRequest) SetInterface(v *InterfaceRequest) *DestinationConfigurationRequest { + s.Interface = v return s } -// SetKeyType sets the KeyType field's value. -func (s *Encryption) SetKeyType(v string) *Encryption { - s.KeyType = &v - return s +// A collection of parameters that determine how MediaConnect will convert the +// content. These fields only apply to outputs on flows that have a CDI source. +type EncodingParameters struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A value that is used to calculate compression for an output. The bitrate + // of the output is calculated as follows: Output bitrate = (1 / compressionFactor) + // * (source bitrate) This property only applies to outputs that use the ST + // 2110 JPEG XS protocol, with a flow source that uses the CDI protocol. Valid + // values are floating point numbers in the range of 3.0 to 10.0, inclusive. + // + // CompressionFactor is a required field + CompressionFactor *float64 `locationName:"compressionFactor" type:"double" required:"true"` + + // A setting on the encoder that drives compression settings. This property + // only applies to video media streams associated with outputs that use the + // ST 2110 JPEG XS protocol, with a flow source that uses the CDI protocol. + // + // EncoderProfile is a required field + EncoderProfile *string `locationName:"encoderProfile" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"EncoderProfile"` } -// SetRegion sets the Region field's value. -func (s *Encryption) SetRegion(v string) *Encryption { - s.Region = &v +// String returns the string representation +func (s EncodingParameters) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s EncodingParameters) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCompressionFactor sets the CompressionFactor field's value. +func (s *EncodingParameters) SetCompressionFactor(v float64) *EncodingParameters { + s.CompressionFactor = &v return s } -// SetResourceId sets the ResourceId field's value. -func (s *Encryption) SetResourceId(v string) *Encryption { - s.ResourceId = &v +// SetEncoderProfile sets the EncoderProfile field's value. +func (s *EncodingParameters) SetEncoderProfile(v string) *EncodingParameters { + s.EncoderProfile = &v + return s +} + +// A collection of parameters that determine how MediaConnect will convert the +// content. These fields only apply to outputs on flows that have a CDI source. +type EncodingParametersRequest struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A value that is used to calculate compression for an output. The bitrate + // of the output is calculated as follows: Output bitrate = (1 / compressionFactor) + // * (source bitrate) This property only applies to outputs that use the ST + // 2110 JPEG XS protocol, with a flow source that uses the CDI protocol. Valid + // values are floating point numbers in the range of 3.0 to 10.0, inclusive. + // + // CompressionFactor is a required field + CompressionFactor *float64 `locationName:"compressionFactor" type:"double" required:"true"` + + // A setting on the encoder that drives compression settings. This property + // only applies to video media streams associated with outputs that use the + // ST 2110 JPEG XS protocol, if at least one source on the flow uses the CDI + // protocol. + // + // EncoderProfile is a required field + EncoderProfile *string `locationName:"encoderProfile" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"EncoderProfile"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s EncodingParametersRequest) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s EncodingParametersRequest) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *EncodingParametersRequest) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EncodingParametersRequest"} + if s.CompressionFactor == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CompressionFactor")) + } + if s.EncoderProfile == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EncoderProfile")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCompressionFactor sets the CompressionFactor field's value. +func (s *EncodingParametersRequest) SetCompressionFactor(v float64) *EncodingParametersRequest { + s.CompressionFactor = &v + return s +} + +// SetEncoderProfile sets the EncoderProfile field's value. +func (s *EncodingParametersRequest) SetEncoderProfile(v string) *EncodingParametersRequest { + s.EncoderProfile = &v + return s +} + +// Information about the encryption of the flow. +type Encryption struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The type of algorithm that is used for the encryption (such as aes128, aes192, + // or aes256). + Algorithm *string `locationName:"algorithm" type:"string" enum:"Algorithm"` + + // A 128-bit, 16-byte hex value represented by a 32-character string, to be + // used with the key for encrypting content. This parameter is not valid for + // static key encryption. + ConstantInitializationVector *string `locationName:"constantInitializationVector" type:"string"` + + // The value of one of the devices that you configured with your digital rights + // management (DRM) platform key provider. This parameter is required for SPEKE + // encryption and is not valid for static key encryption. + DeviceId *string `locationName:"deviceId" type:"string"` + + // The type of key that is used for the encryption. If no keyType is provided, + // the service will use the default setting (static-key). + KeyType *string `locationName:"keyType" type:"string" enum:"KeyType"` + + // The AWS Region that the API Gateway proxy endpoint was created in. This parameter + // is required for SPEKE encryption and is not valid for static key encryption. + Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string"` + + // An identifier for the content. The service sends this value to the key server + // to identify the current endpoint. The resource ID is also known as the content + // ID. This parameter is required for SPEKE encryption and is not valid for + // static key encryption. + ResourceId *string `locationName:"resourceId" type:"string"` + + // The ARN of the role that you created during setup (when you set up AWS Elemental + // MediaConnect as a trusted entity). + // + // RoleArn is a required field + RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The ARN of the secret that you created in AWS Secrets Manager to store the + // encryption key. This parameter is required for static key encryption and + // is not valid for SPEKE encryption. + SecretArn *string `locationName:"secretArn" type:"string"` + + // The URL from the API Gateway proxy that you set up to talk to your key server. + // This parameter is required for SPEKE encryption and is not valid for static + // key encryption. + Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Encryption) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Encryption) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *Encryption) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Encryption"} + if s.RoleArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAlgorithm sets the Algorithm field's value. +func (s *Encryption) SetAlgorithm(v string) *Encryption { + s.Algorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetConstantInitializationVector sets the ConstantInitializationVector field's value. +func (s *Encryption) SetConstantInitializationVector(v string) *Encryption { + s.ConstantInitializationVector = &v + return s +} + +// SetDeviceId sets the DeviceId field's value. +func (s *Encryption) SetDeviceId(v string) *Encryption { + s.DeviceId = &v + return s +} + +// SetKeyType sets the KeyType field's value. +func (s *Encryption) SetKeyType(v string) *Encryption { + s.KeyType = &v + return s +} + +// SetRegion sets the Region field's value. +func (s *Encryption) SetRegion(v string) *Encryption { + s.Region = &v + return s +} + +// SetResourceId sets the ResourceId field's value. +func (s *Encryption) SetResourceId(v string) *Encryption { + s.ResourceId = &v return s } @@ -4401,6 +5210,11 @@ type Flow struct { // FlowArn is a required field FlowArn *string `locationName:"flowArn" type:"string" required:"true"` + // The media streams that are associated with the flow. After you associate + // a media stream with a source, you can also associate it with outputs on the + // flow. + MediaStreams []*MediaStream `locationName:"mediaStreams" type:"list"` + // The name of the flow. // // Name is a required field @@ -4470,6 +5284,12 @@ func (s *Flow) SetFlowArn(v string) *Flow { return s } +// SetMediaStreams sets the MediaStreams field's value. +func (s *Flow) SetMediaStreams(v []*MediaStream) *Flow { + s.MediaStreams = v + return s +} + // SetName sets the Name field's value. func (s *Flow) SetName(v string) *Flow { s.Name = &v @@ -4512,6 +5332,166 @@ func (s *Flow) SetVpcInterfaces(v []*VpcInterface) *Flow { return s } +// FMTP +type Fmtp struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The format of the audio channel. + ChannelOrder *string `locationName:"channelOrder" type:"string"` + + // The format that is used for the representation of color. + Colorimetry *string `locationName:"colorimetry" type:"string" enum:"Colorimetry"` + + // The frame rate for the video stream, in frames/second. For example: 60000/1001. + // If you specify a whole number, MediaConnect uses a ratio of N/1. For example, + // if you specify 60, MediaConnect uses 60/1 as the exactFramerate. + ExactFramerate *string `locationName:"exactFramerate" type:"string"` + + // The pixel aspect ratio (PAR) of the video. + Par *string `locationName:"par" type:"string"` + + // The encoding range of the video. + Range *string `locationName:"range" type:"string" enum:"Range"` + + // The type of compression that was used to smooth the video’s appearance + ScanMode *string `locationName:"scanMode" type:"string" enum:"ScanMode"` + + // The transfer characteristic system (TCS) that is used in the video. + Tcs *string `locationName:"tcs" type:"string" enum:"Tcs"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Fmtp) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Fmtp) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetChannelOrder sets the ChannelOrder field's value. +func (s *Fmtp) SetChannelOrder(v string) *Fmtp { + s.ChannelOrder = &v + return s +} + +// SetColorimetry sets the Colorimetry field's value. +func (s *Fmtp) SetColorimetry(v string) *Fmtp { + s.Colorimetry = &v + return s +} + +// SetExactFramerate sets the ExactFramerate field's value. +func (s *Fmtp) SetExactFramerate(v string) *Fmtp { + s.ExactFramerate = &v + return s +} + +// SetPar sets the Par field's value. +func (s *Fmtp) SetPar(v string) *Fmtp { + s.Par = &v + return s +} + +// SetRange sets the Range field's value. +func (s *Fmtp) SetRange(v string) *Fmtp { + s.Range = &v + return s +} + +// SetScanMode sets the ScanMode field's value. +func (s *Fmtp) SetScanMode(v string) *Fmtp { + s.ScanMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetTcs sets the Tcs field's value. +func (s *Fmtp) SetTcs(v string) *Fmtp { + s.Tcs = &v + return s +} + +// The settings that you want to use to define the media stream. +type FmtpRequest struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The format of the audio channel. + ChannelOrder *string `locationName:"channelOrder" type:"string"` + + // The format that is used for the representation of color. + Colorimetry *string `locationName:"colorimetry" type:"string" enum:"Colorimetry"` + + // The frame rate for the video stream, in frames/second. For example: 60000/1001. + // If you specify a whole number, MediaConnect uses a ratio of N/1. For example, + // if you specify 60, MediaConnect uses 60/1 as the exactFramerate. + ExactFramerate *string `locationName:"exactFramerate" type:"string"` + + // The pixel aspect ratio (PAR) of the video. + Par *string `locationName:"par" type:"string"` + + // The encoding range of the video. + Range *string `locationName:"range" type:"string" enum:"Range"` + + // The type of compression that was used to smooth the video’s appearance. + ScanMode *string `locationName:"scanMode" type:"string" enum:"ScanMode"` + + // The transfer characteristic system (TCS) that is used in the video. + Tcs *string `locationName:"tcs" type:"string" enum:"Tcs"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s FmtpRequest) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s FmtpRequest) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetChannelOrder sets the ChannelOrder field's value. +func (s *FmtpRequest) SetChannelOrder(v string) *FmtpRequest { + s.ChannelOrder = &v + return s +} + +// SetColorimetry sets the Colorimetry field's value. +func (s *FmtpRequest) SetColorimetry(v string) *FmtpRequest { + s.Colorimetry = &v + return s +} + +// SetExactFramerate sets the ExactFramerate field's value. +func (s *FmtpRequest) SetExactFramerate(v string) *FmtpRequest { + s.ExactFramerate = &v + return s +} + +// SetPar sets the Par field's value. +func (s *FmtpRequest) SetPar(v string) *FmtpRequest { + s.Par = &v + return s +} + +// SetRange sets the Range field's value. +func (s *FmtpRequest) SetRange(v string) *FmtpRequest { + s.Range = &v + return s +} + +// SetScanMode sets the ScanMode field's value. +func (s *FmtpRequest) SetScanMode(v string) *FmtpRequest { + s.ScanMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetTcs sets the Tcs field's value. +func (s *FmtpRequest) SetTcs(v string) *FmtpRequest { + s.Tcs = &v + return s +} + // Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and // documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this // exception. @@ -4822,48 +5802,223 @@ func (s *GrantFlowEntitlementsOutput) SetFlowArn(v string) *GrantFlowEntitlement return s } -// Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and -// documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this -// exception. -type InternalServerErrorException struct { - _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` +// The transport parameters that are associated with an incoming media stream. +type InputConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` + // The IP address that the flow listens on for incoming content for a media + // stream. + // + // InputIp is a required field + InputIp *string `locationName:"inputIp" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The port that the flow listens on for an incoming media stream. + // + // InputPort is a required field + InputPort *int64 `locationName:"inputPort" type:"integer" required:"true"` + + // The VPC interface where the media stream comes in from. + // + // Interface is a required field + Interface *Interface `locationName:"interface" type:"structure" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation -func (s InternalServerErrorException) String() string { +func (s InputConfiguration) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation -func (s InternalServerErrorException) GoString() string { +func (s InputConfiguration) GoString() string { return s.String() } -func newErrorInternalServerErrorException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { - return &InternalServerErrorException{ - RespMetadata: v, - } +// SetInputIp sets the InputIp field's value. +func (s *InputConfiguration) SetInputIp(v string) *InputConfiguration { + s.InputIp = &v + return s } -// Code returns the exception type name. -func (s *InternalServerErrorException) Code() string { - return "InternalServerErrorException" +// SetInputPort sets the InputPort field's value. +func (s *InputConfiguration) SetInputPort(v int64) *InputConfiguration { + s.InputPort = &v + return s } -// Message returns the exception's message. -func (s *InternalServerErrorException) Message() string { - if s.Message_ != nil { - return *s.Message_ - } - return "" +// SetInterface sets the Interface field's value. +func (s *InputConfiguration) SetInterface(v *Interface) *InputConfiguration { + s.Interface = v + return s } -// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. -func (s *InternalServerErrorException) OrigErr() error { - return nil +// The transport parameters that you want to associate with an incoming media +// stream. +type InputConfigurationRequest struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The port that you want the flow to listen on for an incoming media stream. + // + // InputPort is a required field + InputPort *int64 `locationName:"inputPort" type:"integer" required:"true"` + + // The VPC interface that you want to use for the incoming media stream. + // + // Interface is a required field + Interface *InterfaceRequest `locationName:"interface" type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InputConfigurationRequest) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InputConfigurationRequest) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *InputConfigurationRequest) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputConfigurationRequest"} + if s.InputPort == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputPort")) + } + if s.Interface == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Interface")) + } + if s.Interface != nil { + if err := s.Interface.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Interface", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetInputPort sets the InputPort field's value. +func (s *InputConfigurationRequest) SetInputPort(v int64) *InputConfigurationRequest { + s.InputPort = &v + return s +} + +// SetInterface sets the Interface field's value. +func (s *InputConfigurationRequest) SetInterface(v *InterfaceRequest) *InputConfigurationRequest { + s.Interface = v + return s +} + +// The VPC interface that is used for the media stream associated with the source +// or output. +type Interface struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the VPC interface. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Interface) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Interface) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *Interface) SetName(v string) *Interface { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// The VPC interface that you want to designate where the media stream is coming +// from or going to. +type InterfaceRequest struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the VPC interface. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InterfaceRequest) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InterfaceRequest) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *InterfaceRequest) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InterfaceRequest"} + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *InterfaceRequest) SetName(v string) *InterfaceRequest { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// Exception raised by AWS Elemental MediaConnect. See the error message and +// documentation for the operation for more information on the cause of this +// exception. +type InternalServerErrorException struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` + + Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InternalServerErrorException) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InternalServerErrorException) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +func newErrorInternalServerErrorException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { + return &InternalServerErrorException{ + RespMetadata: v, + } +} + +// Code returns the exception type name. +func (s *InternalServerErrorException) Code() string { + return "InternalServerErrorException" +} + +// Message returns the exception's message. +func (s *InternalServerErrorException) Message() string { + if s.Message_ != nil { + return *s.Message_ + } + return "" +} + +// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. +func (s *InternalServerErrorException) OrigErr() error { + return nil } func (s *InternalServerErrorException) Error() string { @@ -5408,6 +6563,451 @@ func (s *ListedFlow) SetStatus(v string) *ListedFlow { return s } +// A single track or stream of media that contains video, audio, or ancillary +// data. After you add a media stream to a flow, you can associate it with sources +// and outputs on that flow, as long as they use the CDI protocol or the ST +// 2110 JPEG XS protocol. Each source or output can consist of one or many media +// streams. +type MediaStream struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Attributes that are related to the media stream. + Attributes *MediaStreamAttributes `locationName:"attributes" type:"structure"` + + // The sample rate for the stream. This value is measured in Hz. + ClockRate *int64 `locationName:"clockRate" type:"integer"` + + // A description that can help you quickly identify what your media stream is + // used for. + Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` + + // The format type number (sometimes referred to as RTP payload type) of the + // media stream. MediaConnect assigns this value to the media stream. For ST + // 2110 JPEG XS outputs, you need to provide this value to the receiver. + // + // Fmt is a required field + Fmt *int64 `locationName:"fmt" type:"integer" required:"true"` + + // A unique identifier for the media stream. + // + // MediaStreamId is a required field + MediaStreamId *int64 `locationName:"mediaStreamId" type:"integer" required:"true"` + + // A name that helps you distinguish one media stream from another. + // + // MediaStreamName is a required field + MediaStreamName *string `locationName:"mediaStreamName" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The type of media stream. + // + // MediaStreamType is a required field + MediaStreamType *string `locationName:"mediaStreamType" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"MediaStreamType"` + + // The resolution of the video. + VideoFormat *string `locationName:"videoFormat" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s MediaStream) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s MediaStream) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAttributes sets the Attributes field's value. +func (s *MediaStream) SetAttributes(v *MediaStreamAttributes) *MediaStream { + s.Attributes = v + return s +} + +// SetClockRate sets the ClockRate field's value. +func (s *MediaStream) SetClockRate(v int64) *MediaStream { + s.ClockRate = &v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *MediaStream) SetDescription(v string) *MediaStream { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetFmt sets the Fmt field's value. +func (s *MediaStream) SetFmt(v int64) *MediaStream { + s.Fmt = &v + return s +} + +// SetMediaStreamId sets the MediaStreamId field's value. +func (s *MediaStream) SetMediaStreamId(v int64) *MediaStream { + s.MediaStreamId = &v + return s +} + +// SetMediaStreamName sets the MediaStreamName field's value. +func (s *MediaStream) SetMediaStreamName(v string) *MediaStream { + s.MediaStreamName = &v + return s +} + +// SetMediaStreamType sets the MediaStreamType field's value. +func (s *MediaStream) SetMediaStreamType(v string) *MediaStream { + s.MediaStreamType = &v + return s +} + +// SetVideoFormat sets the VideoFormat field's value. +func (s *MediaStream) SetVideoFormat(v string) *MediaStream { + s.VideoFormat = &v + return s +} + +// Attributes that are related to the media stream. +type MediaStreamAttributes struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A set of parameters that define the media stream. + // + // Fmtp is a required field + Fmtp *Fmtp `locationName:"fmtp" type:"structure" required:"true"` + + // The audio language, in a format that is recognized by the receiver. + Lang *string `locationName:"lang" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s MediaStreamAttributes) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s MediaStreamAttributes) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetFmtp sets the Fmtp field's value. +func (s *MediaStreamAttributes) SetFmtp(v *Fmtp) *MediaStreamAttributes { + s.Fmtp = v + return s +} + +// SetLang sets the Lang field's value. +func (s *MediaStreamAttributes) SetLang(v string) *MediaStreamAttributes { + s.Lang = &v + return s +} + +// Attributes that are related to the media stream. +type MediaStreamAttributesRequest struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The settings that you want to use to define the media stream. + Fmtp *FmtpRequest `locationName:"fmtp" type:"structure"` + + // The audio language, in a format that is recognized by the receiver. + Lang *string `locationName:"lang" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s MediaStreamAttributesRequest) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s MediaStreamAttributesRequest) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetFmtp sets the Fmtp field's value. +func (s *MediaStreamAttributesRequest) SetFmtp(v *FmtpRequest) *MediaStreamAttributesRequest { + s.Fmtp = v + return s +} + +// SetLang sets the Lang field's value. +func (s *MediaStreamAttributesRequest) SetLang(v string) *MediaStreamAttributesRequest { + s.Lang = &v + return s +} + +// The media stream that is associated with the output, and the parameters for +// that association. +type MediaStreamOutputConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The transport parameters that are associated with each outbound media stream. + DestinationConfigurations []*DestinationConfiguration `locationName:"destinationConfigurations" type:"list"` + + // The format that was used to encode the data. For ancillary data streams, + // set the encoding name to smpte291. For audio streams, set the encoding name + // to pcm. For video, 2110 streams, set the encoding name to raw. For video, + // JPEG XS streams, set the encoding name to jxsv. + // + // EncodingName is a required field + EncodingName *string `locationName:"encodingName" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"EncodingName"` + + // Encoding parameters + EncodingParameters *EncodingParameters `locationName:"encodingParameters" type:"structure"` + + // The name of the media stream. + // + // MediaStreamName is a required field + MediaStreamName *string `locationName:"mediaStreamName" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s MediaStreamOutputConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s MediaStreamOutputConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDestinationConfigurations sets the DestinationConfigurations field's value. +func (s *MediaStreamOutputConfiguration) SetDestinationConfigurations(v []*DestinationConfiguration) *MediaStreamOutputConfiguration { + s.DestinationConfigurations = v + return s +} + +// SetEncodingName sets the EncodingName field's value. +func (s *MediaStreamOutputConfiguration) SetEncodingName(v string) *MediaStreamOutputConfiguration { + s.EncodingName = &v + return s +} + +// SetEncodingParameters sets the EncodingParameters field's value. +func (s *MediaStreamOutputConfiguration) SetEncodingParameters(v *EncodingParameters) *MediaStreamOutputConfiguration { + s.EncodingParameters = v + return s +} + +// SetMediaStreamName sets the MediaStreamName field's value. +func (s *MediaStreamOutputConfiguration) SetMediaStreamName(v string) *MediaStreamOutputConfiguration { + s.MediaStreamName = &v + return s +} + +// The media stream that you want to associate with the output, and the parameters +// for that association. +type MediaStreamOutputConfigurationRequest struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The transport parameters that you want to associate with the media stream. + DestinationConfigurations []*DestinationConfigurationRequest `locationName:"destinationConfigurations" type:"list"` + + // The format that will be used to encode the data. For ancillary data streams, + // set the encoding name to smpte291. For audio streams, set the encoding name + // to pcm. For video, 2110 streams, set the encoding name to raw. For video, + // JPEG XS streams, set the encoding name to jxsv. + // + // EncodingName is a required field + EncodingName *string `locationName:"encodingName" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"EncodingName"` + + // A collection of parameters that determine how MediaConnect will convert the + // content. These fields only apply to outputs on flows that have a CDI source. + EncodingParameters *EncodingParametersRequest `locationName:"encodingParameters" type:"structure"` + + // The name of the media stream that is associated with the output. + // + // MediaStreamName is a required field + MediaStreamName *string `locationName:"mediaStreamName" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s MediaStreamOutputConfigurationRequest) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s MediaStreamOutputConfigurationRequest) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *MediaStreamOutputConfigurationRequest) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MediaStreamOutputConfigurationRequest"} + if s.EncodingName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EncodingName")) + } + if s.MediaStreamName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MediaStreamName")) + } + if s.DestinationConfigurations != nil { + for i, v := range s.DestinationConfigurations { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "DestinationConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + if s.EncodingParameters != nil { + if err := s.EncodingParameters.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("EncodingParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDestinationConfigurations sets the DestinationConfigurations field's value. +func (s *MediaStreamOutputConfigurationRequest) SetDestinationConfigurations(v []*DestinationConfigurationRequest) *MediaStreamOutputConfigurationRequest { + s.DestinationConfigurations = v + return s +} + +// SetEncodingName sets the EncodingName field's value. +func (s *MediaStreamOutputConfigurationRequest) SetEncodingName(v string) *MediaStreamOutputConfigurationRequest { + s.EncodingName = &v + return s +} + +// SetEncodingParameters sets the EncodingParameters field's value. +func (s *MediaStreamOutputConfigurationRequest) SetEncodingParameters(v *EncodingParametersRequest) *MediaStreamOutputConfigurationRequest { + s.EncodingParameters = v + return s +} + +// SetMediaStreamName sets the MediaStreamName field's value. +func (s *MediaStreamOutputConfigurationRequest) SetMediaStreamName(v string) *MediaStreamOutputConfigurationRequest { + s.MediaStreamName = &v + return s +} + +// The media stream that is associated with the source, and the parameters for +// that association. +type MediaStreamSourceConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The format that was used to encode the data. For ancillary data streams, + // set the encoding name to smpte291. For audio streams, set the encoding name + // to pcm. For video, 2110 streams, set the encoding name to raw. For video, + // JPEG XS streams, set the encoding name to jxsv. + // + // EncodingName is a required field + EncodingName *string `locationName:"encodingName" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"EncodingName"` + + // The transport parameters that are associated with an incoming media stream. + InputConfigurations []*InputConfiguration `locationName:"inputConfigurations" type:"list"` + + // The name of the media stream. + // + // MediaStreamName is a required field + MediaStreamName *string `locationName:"mediaStreamName" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s MediaStreamSourceConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s MediaStreamSourceConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetEncodingName sets the EncodingName field's value. +func (s *MediaStreamSourceConfiguration) SetEncodingName(v string) *MediaStreamSourceConfiguration { + s.EncodingName = &v + return s +} + +// SetInputConfigurations sets the InputConfigurations field's value. +func (s *MediaStreamSourceConfiguration) SetInputConfigurations(v []*InputConfiguration) *MediaStreamSourceConfiguration { + s.InputConfigurations = v + return s +} + +// SetMediaStreamName sets the MediaStreamName field's value. +func (s *MediaStreamSourceConfiguration) SetMediaStreamName(v string) *MediaStreamSourceConfiguration { + s.MediaStreamName = &v + return s +} + +// The definition of a media stream that you want to associate with the source. +type MediaStreamSourceConfigurationRequest struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The format you want to use to encode the data. For ancillary data streams, + // set the encoding name to smpte291. For audio streams, set the encoding name + // to pcm. For video, 2110 streams, set the encoding name to raw. For video, + // JPEG XS streams, set the encoding name to jxsv. + // + // EncodingName is a required field + EncodingName *string `locationName:"encodingName" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"EncodingName"` + + // The transport parameters that you want to associate with the media stream. + InputConfigurations []*InputConfigurationRequest `locationName:"inputConfigurations" type:"list"` + + // The name of the media stream. + // + // MediaStreamName is a required field + MediaStreamName *string `locationName:"mediaStreamName" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s MediaStreamSourceConfigurationRequest) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s MediaStreamSourceConfigurationRequest) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *MediaStreamSourceConfigurationRequest) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MediaStreamSourceConfigurationRequest"} + if s.EncodingName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EncodingName")) + } + if s.MediaStreamName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MediaStreamName")) + } + if s.InputConfigurations != nil { + for i, v := range s.InputConfigurations { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "InputConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetEncodingName sets the EncodingName field's value. +func (s *MediaStreamSourceConfigurationRequest) SetEncodingName(v string) *MediaStreamSourceConfigurationRequest { + s.EncodingName = &v + return s +} + +// SetInputConfigurations sets the InputConfigurations field's value. +func (s *MediaStreamSourceConfigurationRequest) SetInputConfigurations(v []*InputConfigurationRequest) *MediaStreamSourceConfigurationRequest { + s.InputConfigurations = v + return s +} + +// SetMediaStreamName sets the MediaStreamName field's value. +func (s *MediaStreamSourceConfigurationRequest) SetMediaStreamName(v string) *MediaStreamSourceConfigurationRequest { + s.MediaStreamName = &v + return s +} + // Messages that provide the state of the flow. type Messages struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -5632,6 +7232,9 @@ type Output struct { // only for outputs that were added by creating a MediaLive input. MediaLiveInputArn *string `locationName:"mediaLiveInputArn" type:"string"` + // The configuration for each media stream that is associated with the output. + MediaStreamOutputConfigurations []*MediaStreamOutputConfiguration `locationName:"mediaStreamOutputConfigurations" type:"list"` + // The name of the output. This value must be unique within the current flow. // // Name is a required field @@ -5704,6 +7307,12 @@ func (s *Output) SetMediaLiveInputArn(v string) *Output { return s } +// SetMediaStreamOutputConfigurations sets the MediaStreamOutputConfigurations field's value. +func (s *Output) SetMediaStreamOutputConfigurations(v []*MediaStreamOutputConfiguration) *Output { + s.MediaStreamOutputConfigurations = v + return s +} + // SetName sets the Name field's value. func (s *Output) SetName(v string) *Output { s.Name = &v @@ -5797,44 +7406,131 @@ func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) SetOfferingArn(v string) *PurchaseOfferingInput return s } -// SetReservationName sets the ReservationName field's value. -func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) SetReservationName(v string) *PurchaseOfferingInput { - s.ReservationName = &v +// SetReservationName sets the ReservationName field's value. +func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) SetReservationName(v string) *PurchaseOfferingInput { + s.ReservationName = &v + return s +} + +// SetStart sets the Start field's value. +func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) SetStart(v string) *PurchaseOfferingInput { + s.Start = &v + return s +} + +// The result of a successful PurchaseOffering request. +type PurchaseOfferingOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A pricing agreement for a discounted rate for a specific outbound bandwidth + // that your MediaConnect account will use each month over a specific time period. + // The discounted rate in the reservation applies to outbound bandwidth for + // all flows from your account until your account reaches the amount of bandwidth + // in your reservation. If you use more outbound bandwidth than the agreed upon + // amount in a single month, the overage is charged at the on-demand rate. + Reservation *Reservation `locationName:"reservation" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PurchaseOfferingOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PurchaseOfferingOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetReservation sets the Reservation field's value. +func (s *PurchaseOfferingOutput) SetReservation(v *Reservation) *PurchaseOfferingOutput { + s.Reservation = v + return s +} + +type RemoveFlowMediaStreamInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // FlowArn is a required field + FlowArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"flowArn" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // MediaStreamName is a required field + MediaStreamName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"mediaStreamName" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s RemoveFlowMediaStreamInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s RemoveFlowMediaStreamInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *RemoveFlowMediaStreamInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveFlowMediaStreamInput"} + if s.FlowArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FlowArn")) + } + if s.FlowArn != nil && len(*s.FlowArn) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FlowArn", 1)) + } + if s.MediaStreamName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MediaStreamName")) + } + if s.MediaStreamName != nil && len(*s.MediaStreamName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MediaStreamName", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetFlowArn sets the FlowArn field's value. +func (s *RemoveFlowMediaStreamInput) SetFlowArn(v string) *RemoveFlowMediaStreamInput { + s.FlowArn = &v return s } -// SetStart sets the Start field's value. -func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) SetStart(v string) *PurchaseOfferingInput { - s.Start = &v +// SetMediaStreamName sets the MediaStreamName field's value. +func (s *RemoveFlowMediaStreamInput) SetMediaStreamName(v string) *RemoveFlowMediaStreamInput { + s.MediaStreamName = &v return s } -// The result of a successful PurchaseOffering request. -type PurchaseOfferingOutput struct { +// The result of a successful RemoveFlowMediaStream request. +type RemoveFlowMediaStreamOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // A pricing agreement for a discounted rate for a specific outbound bandwidth - // that your MediaConnect account will use each month over a specific time period. - // The discounted rate in the reservation applies to outbound bandwidth for - // all flows from your account until your account reaches the amount of bandwidth - // in your reservation. If you use more outbound bandwidth than the agreed upon - // amount in a single month, the overage is charged at the on-demand rate. - Reservation *Reservation `locationName:"reservation" type:"structure"` + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the flow. + FlowArn *string `locationName:"flowArn" type:"string"` + + // The name of the media stream that was removed. + MediaStreamName *string `locationName:"mediaStreamName" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation -func (s PurchaseOfferingOutput) String() string { +func (s RemoveFlowMediaStreamOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation -func (s PurchaseOfferingOutput) GoString() string { +func (s RemoveFlowMediaStreamOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// SetReservation sets the Reservation field's value. -func (s *PurchaseOfferingOutput) SetReservation(v *Reservation) *PurchaseOfferingOutput { - s.Reservation = v +// SetFlowArn sets the FlowArn field's value. +func (s *RemoveFlowMediaStreamOutput) SetFlowArn(v string) *RemoveFlowMediaStreamOutput { + s.FlowArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetMediaStreamName sets the MediaStreamName field's value. +func (s *RemoveFlowMediaStreamOutput) SetMediaStreamName(v string) *RemoveFlowMediaStreamOutput { + s.MediaStreamName = &v return s } @@ -6494,6 +8190,13 @@ type SetSourceRequest struct { // and Zixi-based streams. MaxLatency *int64 `locationName:"maxLatency" type:"integer"` + // The size of the buffer (in milliseconds) to use to sync incoming source data. + MaxSyncBuffer *int64 `locationName:"maxSyncBuffer" type:"integer"` + + // The media streams that are associated with the source, and the parameters + // for those associations. + MediaStreamSourceConfigurations []*MediaStreamSourceConfigurationRequest `locationName:"mediaStreamSourceConfigurations" type:"list"` + // The minimum latency in milliseconds for SRT-based streams. In streams that // use the SRT protocol, this value that you set on your MediaConnect source // or output represents the minimal potential latency of that connection. The @@ -6538,6 +8241,16 @@ func (s *SetSourceRequest) Validate() error { invalidParams.AddNested("Decryption", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } + if s.MediaStreamSourceConfigurations != nil { + for i, v := range s.MediaStreamSourceConfigurations { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "MediaStreamSourceConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams @@ -6581,6 +8294,18 @@ func (s *SetSourceRequest) SetMaxLatency(v int64) *SetSourceRequest { return s } +// SetMaxSyncBuffer sets the MaxSyncBuffer field's value. +func (s *SetSourceRequest) SetMaxSyncBuffer(v int64) *SetSourceRequest { + s.MaxSyncBuffer = &v + return s +} + +// SetMediaStreamSourceConfigurations sets the MediaStreamSourceConfigurations field's value. +func (s *SetSourceRequest) SetMediaStreamSourceConfigurations(v []*MediaStreamSourceConfigurationRequest) *SetSourceRequest { + s.MediaStreamSourceConfigurations = v + return s +} + // SetMinLatency sets the MinLatency field's value. func (s *SetSourceRequest) SetMinLatency(v int64) *SetSourceRequest { s.MinLatency = &v @@ -6642,6 +8367,10 @@ type Source struct { // The port that the flow will be listening on for incoming content. IngestPort *int64 `locationName:"ingestPort" type:"integer"` + // The media streams that are associated with the source, and the parameters + // for those associations. + MediaStreamSourceConfigurations []*MediaStreamSourceConfiguration `locationName:"mediaStreamSourceConfigurations" type:"list"` + // The name of the source. // // Name is a required field @@ -6655,7 +8384,7 @@ type Source struct { // Attributes related to the transport stream that are used in the source. Transport *Transport `locationName:"transport" type:"structure"` - // The name of the VPC Interface this Source is configured with. + // The name of the VPC interface that is used for this source. VpcInterfaceName *string `locationName:"vpcInterfaceName" type:"string"` // The range of IP addresses that should be allowed to contribute content to @@ -6710,6 +8439,12 @@ func (s *Source) SetIngestPort(v int64) *Source { return s } +// SetMediaStreamSourceConfigurations sets the MediaStreamSourceConfigurations field's value. +func (s *Source) SetMediaStreamSourceConfigurations(v []*MediaStreamSourceConfiguration) *Source { + s.MediaStreamSourceConfigurations = v + return s +} + // SetName sets the Name field's value. func (s *Source) SetName(v string) *Source { s.Name = &v @@ -7028,6 +8763,9 @@ type Transport struct { // and Zixi-based streams. MaxLatency *int64 `locationName:"maxLatency" type:"integer"` + // The size of the buffer (in milliseconds) to use to sync incoming source data. + MaxSyncBuffer *int64 `locationName:"maxSyncBuffer" type:"integer"` + // The minimum latency in milliseconds for SRT-based streams. In streams that // use the SRT protocol, this value that you set on your MediaConnect source // or output represents the minimal potential latency of that connection. The @@ -7079,6 +8817,12 @@ func (s *Transport) SetMaxLatency(v int64) *Transport { return s } +// SetMaxSyncBuffer sets the MaxSyncBuffer field's value. +func (s *Transport) SetMaxSyncBuffer(v int64) *Transport { + s.MaxSyncBuffer = &v + return s +} + // SetMinLatency sets the MinLatency field's value. func (s *Transport) SetMinLatency(v int64) *Transport { s.MinLatency = &v @@ -7499,6 +9243,141 @@ func (s *UpdateFlowInput) SetSourceFailoverConfig(v *UpdateFailoverConfig) *Upda return s } +// Update a media stream on a flow. +type UpdateFlowMediaStreamInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The attributes that you want to assign to the media stream. + Attributes *MediaStreamAttributesRequest `locationName:"attributes" type:"structure"` + + // The sample rate (in Hz) for the stream. If the media stream type is video + // or ancillary data, set this value to 90000. If the media stream type is audio, + // set this value to either 48000 or 96000. + ClockRate *int64 `locationName:"clockRate" type:"integer"` + + // Description + Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` + + // FlowArn is a required field + FlowArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"flowArn" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // MediaStreamName is a required field + MediaStreamName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"mediaStreamName" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The type of media stream. + MediaStreamType *string `locationName:"mediaStreamType" type:"string" enum:"MediaStreamType"` + + // The resolution of the video. + VideoFormat *string `locationName:"videoFormat" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateFlowMediaStreamInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateFlowMediaStreamInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UpdateFlowMediaStreamInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateFlowMediaStreamInput"} + if s.FlowArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FlowArn")) + } + if s.FlowArn != nil && len(*s.FlowArn) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FlowArn", 1)) + } + if s.MediaStreamName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MediaStreamName")) + } + if s.MediaStreamName != nil && len(*s.MediaStreamName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MediaStreamName", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAttributes sets the Attributes field's value. +func (s *UpdateFlowMediaStreamInput) SetAttributes(v *MediaStreamAttributesRequest) *UpdateFlowMediaStreamInput { + s.Attributes = v + return s +} + +// SetClockRate sets the ClockRate field's value. +func (s *UpdateFlowMediaStreamInput) SetClockRate(v int64) *UpdateFlowMediaStreamInput { + s.ClockRate = &v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *UpdateFlowMediaStreamInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdateFlowMediaStreamInput { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetFlowArn sets the FlowArn field's value. +func (s *UpdateFlowMediaStreamInput) SetFlowArn(v string) *UpdateFlowMediaStreamInput { + s.FlowArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetMediaStreamName sets the MediaStreamName field's value. +func (s *UpdateFlowMediaStreamInput) SetMediaStreamName(v string) *UpdateFlowMediaStreamInput { + s.MediaStreamName = &v + return s +} + +// SetMediaStreamType sets the MediaStreamType field's value. +func (s *UpdateFlowMediaStreamInput) SetMediaStreamType(v string) *UpdateFlowMediaStreamInput { + s.MediaStreamType = &v + return s +} + +// SetVideoFormat sets the VideoFormat field's value. +func (s *UpdateFlowMediaStreamInput) SetVideoFormat(v string) *UpdateFlowMediaStreamInput { + s.VideoFormat = &v + return s +} + +// Update response +type UpdateFlowMediaStreamOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ARN of the flow that is associated with the media stream that you updated. + FlowArn *string `locationName:"flowArn" type:"string"` + + // The media stream that you updated. + MediaStream *MediaStream `locationName:"mediaStream" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateFlowMediaStreamOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateFlowMediaStreamOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetFlowArn sets the FlowArn field's value. +func (s *UpdateFlowMediaStreamOutput) SetFlowArn(v string) *UpdateFlowMediaStreamOutput { + s.FlowArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetMediaStream sets the MediaStream field's value. +func (s *UpdateFlowMediaStreamOutput) SetMediaStream(v *MediaStream) *UpdateFlowMediaStreamOutput { + s.MediaStream = v + return s +} + // Updates an existing flow. type UpdateFlowOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -7549,6 +9428,10 @@ type UpdateFlowOutputInput struct { // The maximum latency in milliseconds for Zixi-based streams. MaxLatency *int64 `locationName:"maxLatency" type:"integer"` + // The media streams that are associated with the output, and the parameters + // for those associations. + MediaStreamOutputConfigurations []*MediaStreamOutputConfigurationRequest `locationName:"mediaStreamOutputConfigurations" type:"list"` + // The minimum latency in milliseconds for SRT-based streams. In streams that // use the SRT protocol, this value that you set on your MediaConnect source // or output represents the minimal potential latency of that connection. The @@ -7604,6 +9487,16 @@ func (s *UpdateFlowOutputInput) Validate() error { if s.OutputArn != nil && len(*s.OutputArn) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OutputArn", 1)) } + if s.MediaStreamOutputConfigurations != nil { + for i, v := range s.MediaStreamOutputConfigurations { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "MediaStreamOutputConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams @@ -7647,6 +9540,12 @@ func (s *UpdateFlowOutputInput) SetMaxLatency(v int64) *UpdateFlowOutputInput { return s } +// SetMediaStreamOutputConfigurations sets the MediaStreamOutputConfigurations field's value. +func (s *UpdateFlowOutputInput) SetMediaStreamOutputConfigurations(v []*MediaStreamOutputConfigurationRequest) *UpdateFlowOutputInput { + s.MediaStreamOutputConfigurations = v + return s +} + // SetMinLatency sets the MinLatency field's value. func (s *UpdateFlowOutputInput) SetMinLatency(v int64) *UpdateFlowOutputInput { s.MinLatency = &v @@ -7729,7 +9628,7 @@ func (s *UpdateFlowOutputOutput) SetOutput(v *Output) *UpdateFlowOutputOutput { return s } -// The settings for the updated source of the flow. +// The updates that you want to make to an existing source of an existing flow. type UpdateFlowSourceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -7758,6 +9657,13 @@ type UpdateFlowSourceInput struct { // and Zixi-based streams. MaxLatency *int64 `locationName:"maxLatency" type:"integer"` + // The size of the buffer (in milliseconds) to use to sync incoming source data. + MaxSyncBuffer *int64 `locationName:"maxSyncBuffer" type:"integer"` + + // The media streams that are associated with the source, and the parameters + // for those associations. + MediaStreamSourceConfigurations []*MediaStreamSourceConfigurationRequest `locationName:"mediaStreamSourceConfigurations" type:"list"` + // The minimum latency in milliseconds for SRT-based streams. In streams that // use the SRT protocol, this value that you set on your MediaConnect source // or output represents the minimal potential latency of that connection. The @@ -7775,7 +9681,7 @@ type UpdateFlowSourceInput struct { // only to Zixi-based streams. StreamId *string `locationName:"streamId" type:"string"` - // The name of the VPC Interface to configure this Source with. + // The name of the VPC interface to use for this source. VpcInterfaceName *string `locationName:"vpcInterfaceName" type:"string"` // The range of IP addresses that should be allowed to contribute content to @@ -7809,6 +9715,16 @@ func (s *UpdateFlowSourceInput) Validate() error { if s.SourceArn != nil && len(*s.SourceArn) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SourceArn", 1)) } + if s.MediaStreamSourceConfigurations != nil { + for i, v := range s.MediaStreamSourceConfigurations { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "MediaStreamSourceConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams @@ -7858,6 +9774,18 @@ func (s *UpdateFlowSourceInput) SetMaxLatency(v int64) *UpdateFlowSourceInput { return s } +// SetMaxSyncBuffer sets the MaxSyncBuffer field's value. +func (s *UpdateFlowSourceInput) SetMaxSyncBuffer(v int64) *UpdateFlowSourceInput { + s.MaxSyncBuffer = &v + return s +} + +// SetMediaStreamSourceConfigurations sets the MediaStreamSourceConfigurations field's value. +func (s *UpdateFlowSourceInput) SetMediaStreamSourceConfigurations(v []*MediaStreamSourceConfigurationRequest) *UpdateFlowSourceInput { + s.MediaStreamSourceConfigurations = v + return s +} + // SetMinLatency sets the MinLatency field's value. func (s *UpdateFlowSourceInput) SetMinLatency(v int64) *UpdateFlowSourceInput { s.MinLatency = &v @@ -7942,6 +9870,11 @@ type VpcInterface struct { // NetworkInterfaceIds is a required field NetworkInterfaceIds []*string `locationName:"networkInterfaceIds" type:"list" required:"true"` + // The type of network interface. + // + // NetworkInterfaceType is a required field + NetworkInterfaceType *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceType" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"NetworkInterfaceType"` + // Role Arn MediaConnect can assumes to create ENIs in customer's account // // RoleArn is a required field @@ -7980,6 +9913,12 @@ func (s *VpcInterface) SetNetworkInterfaceIds(v []*string) *VpcInterface { return s } +// SetNetworkInterfaceType sets the NetworkInterfaceType field's value. +func (s *VpcInterface) SetNetworkInterfaceType(v string) *VpcInterface { + s.NetworkInterfaceType = &v + return s +} + // SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. func (s *VpcInterface) SetRoleArn(v string) *VpcInterface { s.RoleArn = &v @@ -8032,6 +9971,10 @@ type VpcInterfaceRequest struct { // Name is a required field Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` + // The type of network interface. If this value is not included in the request, + // MediaConnect uses ENA as the networkInterfaceType. + NetworkInterfaceType *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceType" type:"string" enum:"NetworkInterfaceType"` + // Role Arn MediaConnect can assumes to create ENIs in customer's account // // RoleArn is a required field @@ -8086,6 +10029,12 @@ func (s *VpcInterfaceRequest) SetName(v string) *VpcInterfaceRequest { return s } +// SetNetworkInterfaceType sets the NetworkInterfaceType field's value. +func (s *VpcInterfaceRequest) SetNetworkInterfaceType(v string) *VpcInterfaceRequest { + s.NetworkInterfaceType = &v + return s +} + // SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. func (s *VpcInterfaceRequest) SetRoleArn(v string) *VpcInterfaceRequest { s.RoleArn = &v @@ -8124,6 +10073,42 @@ func Algorithm_Values() []string { } } +const ( + // ColorimetryBt601 is a Colorimetry enum value + ColorimetryBt601 = "BT601" + + // ColorimetryBt709 is a Colorimetry enum value + ColorimetryBt709 = "BT709" + + // ColorimetryBt2020 is a Colorimetry enum value + ColorimetryBt2020 = "BT2020" + + // ColorimetryBt2100 is a Colorimetry enum value + ColorimetryBt2100 = "BT2100" + + // ColorimetrySt20651 is a Colorimetry enum value + ColorimetrySt20651 = "ST2065-1" + + // ColorimetrySt20653 is a Colorimetry enum value + ColorimetrySt20653 = "ST2065-3" + + // ColorimetryXyz is a Colorimetry enum value + ColorimetryXyz = "XYZ" +) + +// Colorimetry_Values returns all elements of the Colorimetry enum +func Colorimetry_Values() []string { + return []string{ + ColorimetryBt601, + ColorimetryBt709, + ColorimetryBt2020, + ColorimetryBt2100, + ColorimetrySt20651, + ColorimetrySt20653, + ColorimetryXyz, + } +} + const ( // DurationUnitsMonths is a DurationUnits enum value DurationUnitsMonths = "MONTHS" @@ -8136,6 +10121,46 @@ func DurationUnits_Values() []string { } } +const ( + // EncoderProfileMain is a EncoderProfile enum value + EncoderProfileMain = "main" + + // EncoderProfileHigh is a EncoderProfile enum value + EncoderProfileHigh = "high" +) + +// EncoderProfile_Values returns all elements of the EncoderProfile enum +func EncoderProfile_Values() []string { + return []string{ + EncoderProfileMain, + EncoderProfileHigh, + } +} + +const ( + // EncodingNameJxsv is a EncodingName enum value + EncodingNameJxsv = "jxsv" + + // EncodingNameRaw is a EncodingName enum value + EncodingNameRaw = "raw" + + // EncodingNameSmpte291 is a EncodingName enum value + EncodingNameSmpte291 = "smpte291" + + // EncodingNamePcm is a EncodingName enum value + EncodingNamePcm = "pcm" +) + +// EncodingName_Values returns all elements of the EncodingName enum +func EncodingName_Values() []string { + return []string{ + EncodingNameJxsv, + EncodingNameRaw, + EncodingNameSmpte291, + EncodingNamePcm, + } +} + const ( // EntitlementStatusEnabled is a EntitlementStatus enum value EntitlementStatusEnabled = "ENABLED" @@ -8172,6 +10197,42 @@ func KeyType_Values() []string { } } +const ( + // MediaStreamTypeVideo is a MediaStreamType enum value + MediaStreamTypeVideo = "video" + + // MediaStreamTypeAudio is a MediaStreamType enum value + MediaStreamTypeAudio = "audio" + + // MediaStreamTypeAncillaryData is a MediaStreamType enum value + MediaStreamTypeAncillaryData = "ancillary-data" +) + +// MediaStreamType_Values returns all elements of the MediaStreamType enum +func MediaStreamType_Values() []string { + return []string{ + MediaStreamTypeVideo, + MediaStreamTypeAudio, + MediaStreamTypeAncillaryData, + } +} + +const ( + // NetworkInterfaceTypeEna is a NetworkInterfaceType enum value + NetworkInterfaceTypeEna = "ena" + + // NetworkInterfaceTypeEfa is a NetworkInterfaceType enum value + NetworkInterfaceTypeEfa = "efa" +) + +// NetworkInterfaceType_Values returns all elements of the NetworkInterfaceType enum +func NetworkInterfaceType_Values() []string { + return []string{ + NetworkInterfaceTypeEna, + NetworkInterfaceTypeEfa, + } +} + const ( // PriceUnitsHourly is a PriceUnits enum value PriceUnitsHourly = "HOURLY" @@ -8200,6 +10261,12 @@ const ( // ProtocolRist is a Protocol enum value ProtocolRist = "rist" + // ProtocolSt2110Jpegxs is a Protocol enum value + ProtocolSt2110Jpegxs = "st2110-jpegxs" + + // ProtocolCdi is a Protocol enum value + ProtocolCdi = "cdi" + // ProtocolSrtListener is a Protocol enum value ProtocolSrtListener = "srt-listener" ) @@ -8212,10 +10279,32 @@ func Protocol_Values() []string { ProtocolRtp, ProtocolZixiPull, ProtocolRist, + ProtocolSt2110Jpegxs, + ProtocolCdi, ProtocolSrtListener, } } +const ( + // RangeNarrow is a Range enum value + RangeNarrow = "NARROW" + + // RangeFull is a Range enum value + RangeFull = "FULL" + + // RangeFullprotect is a Range enum value + RangeFullprotect = "FULLPROTECT" +) + +// Range_Values returns all elements of the Range enum +func Range_Values() []string { + return []string{ + RangeNarrow, + RangeFull, + RangeFullprotect, + } +} + const ( // ReservationStateActive is a ReservationState enum value ReservationStateActive = "ACTIVE" @@ -8252,6 +10341,26 @@ func ResourceType_Values() []string { } } +const ( + // ScanModeProgressive is a ScanMode enum value + ScanModeProgressive = "progressive" + + // ScanModeInterlace is a ScanMode enum value + ScanModeInterlace = "interlace" + + // ScanModeProgressiveSegmentedFrame is a ScanMode enum value + ScanModeProgressiveSegmentedFrame = "progressive-segmented-frame" +) + +// ScanMode_Values returns all elements of the ScanMode enum +func ScanMode_Values() []string { + return []string{ + ScanModeProgressive, + ScanModeInterlace, + ScanModeProgressiveSegmentedFrame, + } +} + const ( // SourceTypeOwned is a SourceType enum value SourceTypeOwned = "OWNED" @@ -8319,3 +10428,47 @@ func Status_Values() []string { StatusError, } } + +const ( + // TcsSdr is a Tcs enum value + TcsSdr = "SDR" + + // TcsPq is a Tcs enum value + TcsPq = "PQ" + + // TcsHlg is a Tcs enum value + TcsHlg = "HLG" + + // TcsLinear is a Tcs enum value + TcsLinear = "LINEAR" + + // TcsBt2100linpq is a Tcs enum value + TcsBt2100linpq = "BT2100LINPQ" + + // TcsBt2100linhlg is a Tcs enum value + TcsBt2100linhlg = "BT2100LINHLG" + + // TcsSt20651 is a Tcs enum value + TcsSt20651 = "ST2065-1" + + // TcsSt4281 is a Tcs enum value + TcsSt4281 = "ST428-1" + + // TcsDensity is a Tcs enum value + TcsDensity = "DENSITY" +) + +// Tcs_Values returns all elements of the Tcs enum +func Tcs_Values() []string { + return []string{ + TcsSdr, + TcsPq, + TcsHlg, + TcsLinear, + TcsBt2100linpq, + TcsBt2100linhlg, + TcsSt20651, + TcsSt4281, + TcsDensity, + } +} diff --git a/service/mediaconnect/mediaconnectiface/interface.go b/service/mediaconnect/mediaconnectiface/interface.go index ae87994ff61..75e8e103046 100644 --- a/service/mediaconnect/mediaconnectiface/interface.go +++ b/service/mediaconnect/mediaconnectiface/interface.go @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ import ( // // myFunc uses an SDK service client to make a request to // // AWS MediaConnect. // func myFunc(svc mediaconnectiface.MediaConnectAPI) bool { -// // Make svc.AddFlowOutputs request +// // Make svc.AddFlowMediaStreams request // } // // func main() { @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ import ( // type mockMediaConnectClient struct { // mediaconnectiface.MediaConnectAPI // } -// func (m *mockMediaConnectClient) AddFlowOutputs(input *mediaconnect.AddFlowOutputsInput) (*mediaconnect.AddFlowOutputsOutput, error) { +// func (m *mockMediaConnectClient) AddFlowMediaStreams(input *mediaconnect.AddFlowMediaStreamsInput) (*mediaconnect.AddFlowMediaStreamsOutput, error) { // // mock response/functionality // } // @@ -60,6 +60,10 @@ import ( // and waiters. Its suggested to use the pattern above for testing, or using // tooling to generate mocks to satisfy the interfaces. type MediaConnectAPI interface { + AddFlowMediaStreams(*mediaconnect.AddFlowMediaStreamsInput) (*mediaconnect.AddFlowMediaStreamsOutput, error) + AddFlowMediaStreamsWithContext(aws.Context, *mediaconnect.AddFlowMediaStreamsInput, ...request.Option) (*mediaconnect.AddFlowMediaStreamsOutput, error) + AddFlowMediaStreamsRequest(*mediaconnect.AddFlowMediaStreamsInput) (*request.Request, *mediaconnect.AddFlowMediaStreamsOutput) + AddFlowOutputs(*mediaconnect.AddFlowOutputsInput) (*mediaconnect.AddFlowOutputsOutput, error) AddFlowOutputsWithContext(aws.Context, *mediaconnect.AddFlowOutputsInput, ...request.Option) (*mediaconnect.AddFlowOutputsOutput, error) AddFlowOutputsRequest(*mediaconnect.AddFlowOutputsInput) (*request.Request, *mediaconnect.AddFlowOutputsOutput) @@ -132,6 +136,10 @@ type MediaConnectAPI interface { PurchaseOfferingWithContext(aws.Context, *mediaconnect.PurchaseOfferingInput, ...request.Option) (*mediaconnect.PurchaseOfferingOutput, error) PurchaseOfferingRequest(*mediaconnect.PurchaseOfferingInput) (*request.Request, *mediaconnect.PurchaseOfferingOutput) + RemoveFlowMediaStream(*mediaconnect.RemoveFlowMediaStreamInput) (*mediaconnect.RemoveFlowMediaStreamOutput, error) + RemoveFlowMediaStreamWithContext(aws.Context, *mediaconnect.RemoveFlowMediaStreamInput, ...request.Option) (*mediaconnect.RemoveFlowMediaStreamOutput, error) + RemoveFlowMediaStreamRequest(*mediaconnect.RemoveFlowMediaStreamInput) (*request.Request, *mediaconnect.RemoveFlowMediaStreamOutput) + RemoveFlowOutput(*mediaconnect.RemoveFlowOutputInput) (*mediaconnect.RemoveFlowOutputOutput, error) RemoveFlowOutputWithContext(aws.Context, *mediaconnect.RemoveFlowOutputInput, ...request.Option) (*mediaconnect.RemoveFlowOutputOutput, error) RemoveFlowOutputRequest(*mediaconnect.RemoveFlowOutputInput) (*request.Request, *mediaconnect.RemoveFlowOutputOutput) @@ -172,6 +180,10 @@ type MediaConnectAPI interface { UpdateFlowEntitlementWithContext(aws.Context, *mediaconnect.UpdateFlowEntitlementInput, ...request.Option) (*mediaconnect.UpdateFlowEntitlementOutput, error) UpdateFlowEntitlementRequest(*mediaconnect.UpdateFlowEntitlementInput) (*request.Request, *mediaconnect.UpdateFlowEntitlementOutput) + UpdateFlowMediaStream(*mediaconnect.UpdateFlowMediaStreamInput) (*mediaconnect.UpdateFlowMediaStreamOutput, error) + UpdateFlowMediaStreamWithContext(aws.Context, *mediaconnect.UpdateFlowMediaStreamInput, ...request.Option) (*mediaconnect.UpdateFlowMediaStreamOutput, error) + UpdateFlowMediaStreamRequest(*mediaconnect.UpdateFlowMediaStreamInput) (*request.Request, *mediaconnect.UpdateFlowMediaStreamOutput) + UpdateFlowOutput(*mediaconnect.UpdateFlowOutputInput) (*mediaconnect.UpdateFlowOutputOutput, error) UpdateFlowOutputWithContext(aws.Context, *mediaconnect.UpdateFlowOutputInput, ...request.Option) (*mediaconnect.UpdateFlowOutputOutput, error) UpdateFlowOutputRequest(*mediaconnect.UpdateFlowOutputInput) (*request.Request, *mediaconnect.UpdateFlowOutputOutput) diff --git a/service/neptune/api.go b/service/neptune/api.go index cd0d49a9f12..4186427be17 100644 --- a/service/neptune/api.go +++ b/service/neptune/api.go @@ -1342,7 +1342,7 @@ func (c *Neptune) CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) (r // CreateDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Neptune. // // Creates a new DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least one -// subnet in at least two AZs in the AWS Region. +// subnet in at least two AZs in the Amazon Region. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -2395,6 +2395,12 @@ func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBClust Name: opDescribeDBClusterParameterGroups, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, + LimitToken: "MaxRecords", + TruncationToken: "", + }, } if input == nil { @@ -2445,6 +2451,58 @@ func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, i return out, req.Send() } +// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsPages(params, +// func(page *neptune.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } + } + + return p.Err() +} + const opDescribeDBClusterParameters = "DescribeDBClusterParameters" // DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -2476,6 +2534,12 @@ func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterPar Name: opDescribeDBClusterParameters, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, + LimitToken: "MaxRecords", + TruncationToken: "", + }, } if input == nil { @@ -2525,6 +2589,58 @@ func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input return out, req.Send() } +// DescribeDBClusterParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBClusterParameters operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See DescribeDBClusterParameters method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBClusterParameters operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.DescribeDBClusterParametersPages(params, +// func(page *neptune.DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterParametersPages(input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.DescribeDBClusterParametersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// DescribeDBClusterParametersPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBClusterParametersPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterParametersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } + } + + return p.Err() +} + const opDescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes = "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes" // DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -2572,15 +2688,16 @@ func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input *DescribeDBCl // Returns a list of DB cluster snapshot attribute names and values for a manual // DB cluster snapshot. // -// When sharing snapshots with other AWS accounts, DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes -// returns the restore attribute and a list of IDs for the AWS accounts that +// When sharing snapshots with other Amazon accounts, DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes +// returns the restore attribute and a list of IDs for the Amazon accounts that // are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. If all // is included in the list of values for the restore attribute, then the manual -// DB cluster snapshot is public and can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. +// DB cluster snapshot is public and can be copied or restored by all Amazon +// accounts. // -// To add or remove access for an AWS account to copy or restore a manual DB -// cluster snapshot, or to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public or private, -// use the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. +// To add or remove access for an Amazon account to copy or restore a manual +// DB cluster snapshot, or to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public or +// private, use the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -2646,6 +2763,12 @@ func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterSnap Name: opDescribeDBClusterSnapshots, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, + LimitToken: "MaxRecords", + TruncationToken: "", + }, } if input == nil { @@ -2695,6 +2818,58 @@ func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input * return out, req.Send() } +// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBClusterSnapshots operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshots method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBClusterSnapshots operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsPages(params, +// func(page *neptune.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsPages(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } + } + + return p.Err() +} + const opDescribeDBClusters = "DescribeDBClusters" // DescribeDBClustersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -2726,6 +2901,12 @@ func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClustersRequest(input *DescribeDBClustersInput) (req Name: opDescribeDBClusters, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, + LimitToken: "MaxRecords", + TruncationToken: "", + }, } if input == nil { @@ -2777,6 +2958,58 @@ func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClustersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Describe return out, req.Send() } +// DescribeDBClustersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBClusters operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See DescribeDBClusters method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBClusters operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.DescribeDBClustersPages(params, +// func(page *neptune.DescribeDBClustersOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClustersPages(input *DescribeDBClustersInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClustersOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.DescribeDBClustersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// DescribeDBClustersPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBClustersPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Neptune) DescribeDBClustersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClustersInput, fn func(*DescribeDBClustersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *DescribeDBClustersInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.DescribeDBClustersRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBClustersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } + } + + return p.Err() +} + const opDescribeDBEngineVersions = "DescribeDBEngineVersions" // DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -4188,6 +4421,12 @@ func (c *Neptune) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input *DescribePendin Name: opDescribePendingMaintenanceActions, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, + LimitToken: "MaxRecords", + TruncationToken: "", + }, } if input == nil { @@ -4237,6 +4476,58 @@ func (c *Neptune) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, return out, req.Send() } +// DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribePendingMaintenanceActions operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See DescribePendingMaintenanceActions method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribePendingMaintenanceActions operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsPages(params, +// func(page *neptune.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *Neptune) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsPages(input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput, fn func(*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsPagesWithContext same as DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Neptune) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput, fn func(*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } + } + + return p.Err() +} + const opDescribeValidDBInstanceModifications = "DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications" // DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -4855,20 +5146,20 @@ func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifyDBCluster // Adds an attribute and values to, or removes an attribute and values from, // a manual DB cluster snapshot. // -// To share a manual DB cluster snapshot with other AWS accounts, specify restore -// as the AttributeName and use the ValuesToAdd parameter to add a list of IDs -// of the AWS accounts that are authorized to restore the manual DB cluster -// snapshot. Use the value all to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public, -// which means that it can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. Do not -// add the all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain private -// information that you don't want available to all AWS accounts. If a manual -// DB cluster snapshot is encrypted, it can be shared, but only by specifying -// a list of authorized AWS account IDs for the ValuesToAdd parameter. You can't -// use all as a value for that parameter in this case. -// -// To view which AWS accounts have access to copy or restore a manual DB cluster -// snapshot, or whether a manual DB cluster snapshot public or private, use -// the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API action. +// To share a manual DB cluster snapshot with other Amazon accounts, specify +// restore as the AttributeName and use the ValuesToAdd parameter to add a list +// of IDs of the Amazon accounts that are authorized to restore the manual DB +// cluster snapshot. Use the value all to make the manual DB cluster snapshot +// public, which means that it can be copied or restored by all Amazon accounts. +// Do not add the all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain +// private information that you don't want available to all Amazon accounts. +// If a manual DB cluster snapshot is encrypted, it can be shared, but only +// by specifying a list of authorized Amazon account IDs for the ValuesToAdd +// parameter. You can't use all as a value for that parameter in this case. +// +// To view which Amazon accounts have access to copy or restore a manual DB +// cluster snapshot, or whether a manual DB cluster snapshot public or private, +// use the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API action. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -5190,7 +5481,7 @@ func (c *Neptune) ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) (r // ModifyDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Neptune. // // Modifies an existing DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least -// one subnet in at least two AZs in the AWS Region. +// one subnet in at least two AZs in the Amazon Region. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -6285,7 +6576,7 @@ func (c *Neptune) StartDBClusterRequest(input *StartDBClusterInput) (req *reques // StartDBCluster API operation for Amazon Neptune. // // Starts an Amazon Neptune DB cluster that was stopped using the AWS console, -// the AWS CLI stop-db-cluster command, or the StopDBCluster API. +// the Amazon CLI stop-db-cluster command, or the StopDBCluster API. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -6859,12 +7150,13 @@ type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { // // * Must specify a valid DB cluster parameter group. // - // * If the source DB cluster parameter group is in the same AWS Region as - // the copy, specify a valid DB parameter group identifier, for example my-db-cluster-param-group, - // or a valid ARN. + // * If the source DB cluster parameter group is in the same Amazon Region + // as the copy, specify a valid DB parameter group identifier, for example + // my-db-cluster-param-group, or a valid ARN. // - // * If the source DB parameter group is in a different AWS Region than the - // copy, specify a valid DB cluster parameter group ARN, for example arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:123456789012:cluster-pg:custom-cluster-group1. + // * If the source DB parameter group is in a different Amazon Region than + // the copy, specify a valid DB cluster parameter group ARN, for example + // arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:123456789012:cluster-pg:custom-cluster-group1. // // SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -6984,20 +7276,20 @@ type CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput struct { // DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region. DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"` - // The AWS AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted DB cluster snapshot. The KMS key - // ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key - // alias for the KMS encryption key. + // The Amazon Amazon KMS key ID for an encrypted DB cluster snapshot. The KMS + // key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS + // key alias for the KMS encryption key. // - // If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from your AWS account, you can - // specify a value for KmsKeyId to encrypt the copy with a new KMS encryption + // If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from your Amazon account, you + // can specify a value for KmsKeyId to encrypt the copy with a new KMS encryption // key. If you don't specify a value for KmsKeyId, then the copy of the DB cluster // snapshot is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB cluster snapshot. // // If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot that is shared from another - // AWS account, then you must specify a value for KmsKeyId. + // Amazon account, then you must specify a value for KmsKeyId. // - // KMS encryption keys are specific to the AWS Region that they are created - // in, and you can't use encryption keys from one AWS Region in another AWS + // KMS encryption keys are specific to the Amazon Region that they are created + // in, and you can't use encryption keys from one Amazon Region in another Amazon // Region. // // You cannot encrypt an unencrypted DB cluster snapshot when you copy it. If @@ -7011,8 +7303,6 @@ type CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput struct { // The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to copy. This parameter is not // case-sensitive. // - // You can't copy from one AWS Region to another. - // // Constraints: // // * Must specify a valid system snapshot in the "available" state. @@ -7513,6 +7803,10 @@ type CreateDBClusterInput struct { // (Not supported by Neptune) CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` + // If set to true, tags are copied to any snapshot of the DB cluster that is + // created. + CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` + // The DB cluster identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. // // Constraints: @@ -7561,7 +7855,10 @@ type CreateDBClusterInput struct { // Logs. EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` - // Not supported by Neptune. + // If set to true, enables Amazon Identity and Access Management (IAM) authentication + // for the entire DB cluster (this cannot be set at an instance level). + // + // Default: false. EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` // The name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster. @@ -7576,10 +7873,10 @@ type CreateDBClusterInput struct { // Example: 1.0.2.1 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` - // The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster. + // The Amazon KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster. // // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption - // key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns + // key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same Amazon account that owns // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use // the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. // @@ -7593,29 +7890,19 @@ type CreateDBClusterInput struct { // is not specified, then Amazon Neptune will use your default encryption // key. // - // AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS - // account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. + // Amazon KMS creates the default encryption key for your Amazon account. Your + // Amazon account has a different default encryption key for each Amazon Region. // - // If you create a Read Replica of an encrypted DB cluster in another AWS Region, - // you must set KmsKeyId to a KMS key ID that is valid in the destination AWS - // Region. This key is used to encrypt the Read Replica in that AWS Region. + // If you create a Read Replica of an encrypted DB cluster in another Amazon + // Region, you must set KmsKeyId to a KMS key ID that is valid in the destination + // Amazon Region. This key is used to encrypt the Read Replica in that Amazon + // Region. KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` - // The password for the master database user. This password can contain any - // printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". - // - // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. + // Not supported by Neptune. MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` - // The name of the master user for the DB cluster. - // - // Constraints: - // - // * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. - // - // * First character must be a letter. - // - // * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. + // Not supported by Neptune. MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` // (Not supported by Neptune) @@ -7633,7 +7920,7 @@ type CreateDBClusterInput struct { // backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. // // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block - // of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting + // of time for each Amazon Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting // the Preferred Maintenance Window (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) // in the Amazon Neptune User Guide. // @@ -7654,8 +7941,8 @@ type CreateDBClusterInput struct { // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi // // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block - // of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see - // the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window + // of time for each Amazon Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To + // see the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) // in the Amazon Neptune User Guide. // @@ -7727,6 +8014,12 @@ func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInp return s } +// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. +func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput { + s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v + return s +} + // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v @@ -8108,13 +8401,7 @@ func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshot(v *DBClusterSnapsho type CreateDBInstanceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The amount of storage (in gibibytes) to allocate for the DB instance. - // - // Type: Integer - // - // Not applicable. Neptune cluster volumes automatically grow as the amount - // of data in your database increases, though you are only charged for the space - // that you use in a Neptune cluster volume. + // Not supported by Neptune. AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` // Indicates that minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB @@ -8125,14 +8412,14 @@ type CreateDBInstanceInput struct { // The EC2 Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in // - // Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's AWS + // Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's Amazon // Region. // // Example: us-east-1d // // Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter can't be specified if the MultiAZ // parameter is set to true. The specified Availability Zone must be in the - // same AWS Region as the current endpoint. + // same Amazon Region as the current endpoint. AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` // The number of days for which automated backups are retained. @@ -8164,7 +8451,7 @@ type CreateDBInstanceInput struct { DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` // The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, db.m4.large. - // Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions. + // Not all DB instance classes are available in all Amazon Regions. // // DBInstanceClass is a required field DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -8229,10 +8516,7 @@ type CreateDBInstanceInput struct { // Logs. EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` - // True to enable AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) authentication for - // Neptune. - // - // Default: false + // Not supported by Neptune (ignored). EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` // (Not supported by Neptune) @@ -8253,20 +8537,21 @@ type CreateDBInstanceInput struct { // initially allocated for the DB instance. Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` - // The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance. + // The Amazon KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance. // // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption - // key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS account that owns - // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can - // use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. + // key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same Amazon account that + // owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you + // can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. // // Not applicable. The KMS key identifier is managed by the DB cluster. For // more information, see CreateDBCluster. // // If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true, and you do not specify a value // for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon Neptune will use your default encryption - // key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your - // AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. + // key. Amazon KMS creates the default encryption key for your Amazon account. + // Your Amazon account has a different default encryption key for each Amazon + // Region. KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` // License model information for this DB instance. @@ -8274,13 +8559,10 @@ type CreateDBInstanceInput struct { // Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` - // The password for the master user. The password can include any printable - // ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". - // - // Not used. + // Not supported by Neptune. MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` - // The name for the master user. Not used. + // Not supported by Neptune. MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics @@ -8332,7 +8614,7 @@ type CreateDBInstanceInput struct { // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi // // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block - // of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. + // of time for each Amazon Region, occurring on a random day of the week. // // Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. // @@ -9081,12 +9363,15 @@ type DBCluster struct { // is not fixed, but instead automatically adjusts as needed. AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` - // Provides a list of the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that - // are associated with the DB cluster. IAM roles that are associated with a - // DB cluster grant permission for the DB cluster to access other AWS services + // Provides a list of the Amazon Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles + // that are associated with the DB cluster. IAM roles that are associated with + // a DB cluster grant permission for the DB cluster to access other Amazon services // on your behalf. AssociatedRoles []*DBClusterRole `locationNameList:"DBClusterRole" type:"list"` + // Time at which the DB cluster will be automatically restarted. + AutomaticRestartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` + // Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster // can be created in. AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` @@ -9094,7 +9379,7 @@ type DBCluster struct { // Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained. BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` - // (Not supported by Neptune) + // Not supported by Neptune. CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` // Identifies the clone group to which the DB cluster is associated. @@ -9104,6 +9389,13 @@ type DBCluster struct { // Time (UTC). ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` + // If set to true, tags are copied to any snapshot of the DB cluster that is + // created. + CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // If set to true, the DB cluster can be cloned across accounts. + CrossAccountClone *bool `type:"boolean"` + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster. DBClusterArn *string `type:"string"` @@ -9114,7 +9406,7 @@ type DBCluster struct { // Provides the list of instances that make up the DB cluster. DBClusterMembers []*DBClusterMember `locationNameList:"DBClusterMember" type:"list"` - // (Not supported by Neptune) + // Not supported by Neptune. DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships []*DBClusterOptionGroupStatus `locationNameList:"DBClusterOptionGroup" type:"list"` // Specifies the name of the DB cluster parameter group for the DB cluster. @@ -9129,9 +9421,9 @@ type DBCluster struct { // same name is returned for the life of the DB cluster. DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` - // The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB cluster. This identifier - // is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB - // cluster is accessed. + // The Amazon Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB cluster. This identifier + // is found in Amazon CloudTrail log entries whenever the Amazon KMS key for + // the DB cluster is accessed. DbClusterResourceId *string `type:"string"` // Indicates whether or not the DB cluster has deletion protection enabled. @@ -9158,11 +9450,11 @@ type DBCluster struct { // Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone. HostedZoneId *string `type:"string"` - // True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database - // accounts is enabled, and otherwise false. + // True if mapping of Amazon Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to + // database accounts is enabled, and otherwise false. IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` - // If StorageEncrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted + // If StorageEncrypted is true, the Amazon KMS key identifier for the encrypted // DB cluster. KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` @@ -9170,7 +9462,7 @@ type DBCluster struct { // restore. LatestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` - // Contains the master username for the DB cluster. + // Not supported by Neptune. MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` // Specifies whether the DB cluster has instances in multiple Availability Zones. @@ -9242,6 +9534,12 @@ func (s *DBCluster) SetAssociatedRoles(v []*DBClusterRole) *DBCluster { return s } +// SetAutomaticRestartTime sets the AutomaticRestartTime field's value. +func (s *DBCluster) SetAutomaticRestartTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster { + s.AutomaticRestartTime = &v + return s +} + // SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DBCluster { s.AvailabilityZones = v @@ -9272,6 +9570,18 @@ func (s *DBCluster) SetClusterCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster { return s } +// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. +func (s *DBCluster) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *DBCluster { + s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v + return s +} + +// SetCrossAccountClone sets the CrossAccountClone field's value. +func (s *DBCluster) SetCrossAccountClone(v bool) *DBCluster { + s.CrossAccountClone = &v + return s +} + // SetDBClusterArn sets the DBClusterArn field's value. func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterArn(v string) *DBCluster { s.DBClusterArn = &v @@ -9632,14 +9942,14 @@ func (s *DBClusterMember) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *DBClusterMember { return s } -// Contains status information for a DB cluster option group. +// Not supported by Neptune. type DBClusterOptionGroupStatus struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Specifies the name of the DB cluster option group. + // Not supported by Neptune. DBClusterOptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` - // Specifies the status of the DB cluster option group. + // Not supported by Neptune. Status *string `type:"string"` } @@ -9721,12 +10031,12 @@ func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDescription(v string) *DBClusterParameterGr return s } -// Describes an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that is associated +// Describes an Amazon Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that is associated // with a DB cluster. type DBClusterRole struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The name of the feature associated with the AWS Identity and Access Management + // The name of the feature associated with the Amazon Identity and Access Management // (IAM) role. For the list of supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion. FeatureName *string `type:"string"` @@ -9738,12 +10048,12 @@ type DBClusterRole struct { // The Status property returns one of the following values: // // * ACTIVE - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster and can - // be used to access other AWS services on your behalf. + // be used to access other Amazon services on your behalf. // // * PENDING - the IAM role ARN is being associated with the DB cluster. // // * INVALID - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster, but the - // DB cluster is unable to assume the IAM role in order to access other AWS + // DB cluster is unable to assume the IAM role in order to access other Amazon // services on your behalf. Status *string `type:"string"` } @@ -9823,18 +10133,18 @@ type DBClusterSnapshot struct { // Provides the version of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot. EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` - // True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database - // accounts is enabled, and otherwise false. + // True if mapping of Amazon Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to + // database accounts is enabled, and otherwise false. IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` - // If StorageEncrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted + // If StorageEncrypted is true, the Amazon KMS key identifier for the encrypted // DB cluster snapshot. KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` // Provides the license model information for this DB cluster snapshot. LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` - // Provides the master username for the DB cluster snapshot. + // Not supported by Neptune. MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred. @@ -9998,15 +10308,15 @@ func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetVpcId(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { // Contains the name and values of a manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. // -// Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts -// to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute -// API action. +// Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other Amazon +// accounts to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see +// the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. type DBClusterSnapshotAttribute struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. // - // The attribute named restore refers to the list of AWS accounts that have + // The attribute named restore refers to the list of Amazon accounts that have // permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, // see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. AttributeName *string `type:"string"` @@ -10014,10 +10324,10 @@ type DBClusterSnapshotAttribute struct { // The value(s) for the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. // // If the AttributeName field is set to restore, then this element returns a - // list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the - // manual DB cluster snapshot. If a value of all is in the list, then the manual - // DB cluster snapshot is public and available for any AWS account to copy or - // restore. + // list of IDs of the Amazon accounts that are authorized to copy or restore + // the manual DB cluster snapshot. If a value of all is in the list, then the + // manual DB cluster snapshot is public and available for any Amazon account + // to copy or restore. AttributeValues []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` } @@ -10046,9 +10356,9 @@ func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeValues(v []*string) *DBClusterS // Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes // API action. // -// Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts -// to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see -// the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. +// Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other Amazon +// accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, +// see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. type DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -10215,7 +10525,7 @@ func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetValidUpgradeTarget(v []*UpgradeTarget) *DBEngineVer type DBInstance struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Specifies the allocated storage size specified in gibibytes. + // Not supported by Neptune. AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` // Indicates that minor version patches are applied automatically. @@ -10272,9 +10582,9 @@ type DBInstance struct { // part of a DB cluster, this can be a different port than the DB cluster port. DbInstancePort *int64 `type:"integer"` - // The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier - // is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB - // instance is accessed. + // The Amazon Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This + // identifier is found in Amazon CloudTrail log entries whenever the Amazon + // KMS key for the DB instance is accessed. DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"` // Indicates whether or not the DB instance has deletion protection enabled. @@ -10302,7 +10612,7 @@ type DBInstance struct { // receives the Enhanced Monitoring metrics data for the DB instance. EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn *string `type:"string"` - // True if AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) authentication is enabled, + // True if Amazon Identity and Access Management (IAM) authentication is enabled, // and otherwise false. IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` @@ -10322,7 +10632,7 @@ type DBInstance struct { // License model information for this DB instance. LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` - // Contains the master username for the DB instance. + // Not supported by Neptune. MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics @@ -12104,9 +12414,9 @@ type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput struct { // Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes // API action. // - // Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts - // to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see - // the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. + // Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other Amazon + // accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, + // see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"` } @@ -12154,19 +12464,20 @@ type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput struct { Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` // True to include manual DB cluster snapshots that are public and can be copied - // or restored by any AWS account, and otherwise false. The default is false. + // or restored by any Amazon account, and otherwise false. The default is false. // The default is false. // // You can share a manual DB cluster snapshot as public by using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute // API action. IncludePublic *bool `type:"boolean"` - // True to include shared manual DB cluster snapshots from other AWS accounts + // True to include shared manual DB cluster snapshots from other Amazon accounts // that this AWS account has been given permission to copy or restore, and otherwise // false. The default is false. // - // You can give an AWS account permission to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot - // from another AWS account by the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. + // You can give an Amazon account permission to restore a manual DB cluster + // snapshot from another Amazon account by the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute + // API action. IncludeShared *bool `type:"boolean"` // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterSnapshots @@ -12187,13 +12498,13 @@ type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput struct { // following values: // // * automated - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been automatically - // taken by Amazon Neptune for my AWS account. + // taken by Amazon Neptune for my Amazon account. // // * manual - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been taken by my // AWS account. // // * shared - Return all manual DB cluster snapshots that have been shared - // to my AWS account. + // to my Amazon account. // // * public - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been marked as public. // @@ -12345,7 +12656,7 @@ type DescribeDBClustersInput struct { // * engine - Accepts an engine name (such as neptune), and restricts the // results list to DB clusters created by that engine. // - // For example, to invoke this API from the AWS CLI and filter so that only + // For example, to invoke this API from the Amazon CLI and filter so that only // Neptune DB clusters are returned, you could use the following command: Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` @@ -12641,7 +12952,7 @@ type DescribeDBInstancesInput struct { // * engine - Accepts an engine name (such as neptune), and restricts the // results list to DB instances created by that engine. // - // For example, to invoke this API from the AWS CLI and filter so that only + // For example, to invoke this API from the Amazon CLI and filter so that only // Neptune DB instances are returned, you could use the following command: Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` @@ -14333,7 +14644,7 @@ type EventSubscription struct { // The event notification subscription Id. CustSubscriptionId *string `type:"string"` - // The AWS customer account associated with the event notification subscription. + // The Amazon customer account associated with the event notification subscription. CustomerAwsId *string `type:"string"` // A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. True indicates @@ -14843,12 +15154,11 @@ type ModifyDBClusterInput struct { // is set to false, changes to the DB cluster are applied during the next maintenance // window. // - // The ApplyImmediately parameter only affects the NewDBClusterIdentifier and - // MasterUserPassword values. If you set the ApplyImmediately parameter value - // to false, then changes to the NewDBClusterIdentifier and MasterUserPassword - // values are applied during the next maintenance window. All other changes - // are applied immediately, regardless of the value of the ApplyImmediately - // parameter. + // The ApplyImmediately parameter only affects NewDBClusterIdentifier values. + // If you set the ApplyImmediately parameter value to false, then changes to + // NewDBClusterIdentifier values are applied during the next maintenance window. + // All other changes are applied immediately, regardless of the value of the + // ApplyImmediately parameter. // // Default: false ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"` @@ -14867,6 +15177,10 @@ type ModifyDBClusterInput struct { // Logs for a specific DB cluster. CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration *CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration `type:"structure"` + // If set to true, tags are copied to any snapshot of the DB cluster that is + // created. + CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` + // The DB cluster identifier for the cluster being modified. This parameter // is not case-sensitive. // @@ -14885,7 +15199,7 @@ type ModifyDBClusterInput struct { // deletion protection is disabled. DeletionProtection *bool `type:"boolean"` - // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts + // True to enable mapping of Amazon Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts // to database accounts, and otherwise false. // // Default: false @@ -14900,10 +15214,7 @@ type ModifyDBClusterInput struct { // or call DescribeDBEngineVersions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/neptune/latest/userguide/api-other-apis.html#DescribeDBEngineVersions). EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` - // The new password for the master database user. This password can contain - // any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". - // - // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. + // Not supported by Neptune. MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` // The new DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster when renaming a DB cluster. @@ -14920,7 +15231,7 @@ type ModifyDBClusterInput struct { // Example: my-cluster2 NewDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` - // (Not supported by Neptune) + // Not supported by Neptune. OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` // The port number on which the DB cluster accepts connections. @@ -14934,7 +15245,7 @@ type ModifyDBClusterInput struct { // backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. // // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block - // of time for each AWS Region. + // of time for each Amazon Region. // // Constraints: // @@ -14953,7 +15264,7 @@ type ModifyDBClusterInput struct { // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi // // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block - // of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. + // of time for each Amazon Region, occurring on a random day of the week. // // Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. // @@ -15005,6 +15316,12 @@ func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration(v *Cloudwatc return s } +// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. +func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput { + s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v + return s +} + // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v @@ -15159,7 +15476,7 @@ type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput struct { // The name of the DB cluster snapshot attribute to modify. // - // To manage authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual + // To manage authorization for other Amazon accounts to copy or restore a manual // DB cluster snapshot, set this value to restore. // // AttributeName is a required field @@ -15173,22 +15490,22 @@ type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput struct { // A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified // by AttributeName. // - // To authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, - // set this list to include one or more AWS account IDs, or all to make the - // manual DB cluster snapshot restorable by any AWS account. Do not add the - // all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain private information - // that you don't want available to all AWS accounts. + // To authorize other Amazon accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster + // snapshot, set this list to include one or more Amazon account IDs, or all + // to make the manual DB cluster snapshot restorable by any Amazon account. + // Do not add the all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain + // private information that you don't want available to all AWS accounts. ValuesToAdd []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` // A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to remove from the attribute specified // by AttributeName. // - // To remove authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual - // DB cluster snapshot, set this list to include one or more AWS account identifiers, - // or all to remove authorization for any AWS account to copy or restore the - // DB cluster snapshot. If you specify all, an AWS account whose account ID - // is explicitly added to the restore attribute can still copy or restore a - // manual DB cluster snapshot. + // To remove authorization for other Amazon accounts to copy or restore a manual + // DB cluster snapshot, set this list to include one or more Amazon account + // identifiers, or all to remove authorization for any Amazon account to copy + // or restore the DB cluster snapshot. If you specify all, an Amazon account + // whose account ID is explicitly added to the restore attribute can still copy + // or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. ValuesToRemove []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` } @@ -15248,9 +15565,9 @@ type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput struct { // Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes // API action. // - // Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts - // to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see - // the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. + // Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other Amazon + // accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, + // see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"` } @@ -15273,9 +15590,7 @@ func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesR type ModifyDBInstanceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The new amount of storage (in gibibytes) to allocate for the DB instance. - // - // Not applicable. Storage is managed by the DB Cluster. + // Not supported by Neptune. AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` // Indicates that major version upgrades are allowed. Changing this parameter @@ -15395,12 +15710,12 @@ type ModifyDBInstanceInput struct { // Not supported DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` - // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts + // True to enable mapping of Amazon Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts // to database accounts, and otherwise false. // // You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines // - // Not applicable. Mapping AWS IAM accounts to database accounts is managed + // Not applicable. Mapping Amazon IAM accounts to database accounts is managed // by the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster. // // Default: false @@ -15423,10 +15738,10 @@ type ModifyDBInstanceInput struct { // Default: Uses existing setting Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` - // Not supported. + // Not supported by Neptune. LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` - // Not applicable. + // Not supported by Neptune. MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics @@ -16078,16 +16393,14 @@ func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscriptio return s } -// Provides information on the option groups the DB instance is a member of. +// Not supported by Neptune. type OptionGroupMembership struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The name of the option group that the instance belongs to. + // Not supported by Neptune. OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` - // The status of the DB instance's option group membership. Valid values are: - // in-sync, pending-apply, pending-removal, pending-maintenance-apply, pending-maintenance-removal, - // applying, removing, and failed. + // Not supported by Neptune. Status *string `type:"string"` } @@ -16566,13 +16879,10 @@ type PendingModifiedValues struct { // applied or is currently being applied. Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` - // The license model for the DB instance. - // - // Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license + // Not supported by Neptune. LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` - // Contains the pending or currently-in-progress change of the master credentials - // for the DB instance. + // Not supported by Neptune. MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` // Indicates that the Single-AZ DB instance is to change to a Multi-AZ deployment. @@ -17318,6 +17628,10 @@ type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput struct { // DB cluster can be created in. AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` + // If set to true, tags are copied to any snapshot of the restored DB cluster + // that is created. + CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` + // The name of the DB cluster to create from the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. // This parameter isn't case-sensitive. // @@ -17360,7 +17674,7 @@ type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput struct { // Logs. EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` - // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts + // True to enable mapping of Amazon Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts // to database accounts, and otherwise false. // // Default: false @@ -17378,13 +17692,13 @@ type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput struct { // The version of the database engine to use for the new DB cluster. EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` - // The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster + // The Amazon KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster // from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. // // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption - // key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns - // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use - // the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. + // key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same Amazon account that + // owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you + // can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. // // If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following // will occur: @@ -17462,6 +17776,12 @@ func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *R return s } +// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. +func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { + s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v + return s +} + // SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v @@ -17616,19 +17936,19 @@ type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput struct { // Logs. EnableCloudwatchLogsExports []*string `type:"list"` - // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts + // True to enable mapping of Amazon Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts // to database accounts, and otherwise false. // // Default: false EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` - // The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster + // The Amazon KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster // from an encrypted DB cluster. // // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption - // key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns - // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use - // the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. + // key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same Amazon account that + // owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you + // can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. // // You can restore to a new DB cluster and encrypt the new DB cluster with a // KMS key that is different than the KMS key used to encrypt the source DB diff --git a/service/neptune/neptuneiface/interface.go b/service/neptune/neptuneiface/interface.go index 081bb527ee8..7e7aa2310e2 100644 --- a/service/neptune/neptuneiface/interface.go +++ b/service/neptune/neptuneiface/interface.go @@ -163,10 +163,16 @@ type NeptuneAPI interface { DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsWithContext(aws.Context, *neptune.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput, ...request.Option) (*neptune.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(*neptune.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) (*request.Request, *neptune.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) + DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsPages(*neptune.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput, func(*neptune.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error + DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.Context, *neptune.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput, func(*neptune.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, bool) bool, ...request.Option) error + DescribeDBClusterParameters(*neptune.DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) (*neptune.DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, error) DescribeDBClusterParametersWithContext(aws.Context, *neptune.DescribeDBClusterParametersInput, ...request.Option) (*neptune.DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, error) DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(*neptune.DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) (*request.Request, *neptune.DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) + DescribeDBClusterParametersPages(*neptune.DescribeDBClusterParametersInput, func(*neptune.DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, bool) bool) error + DescribeDBClusterParametersPagesWithContext(aws.Context, *neptune.DescribeDBClusterParametersInput, func(*neptune.DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, bool) bool, ...request.Option) error + DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes(*neptune.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) (*neptune.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesWithContext(aws.Context, *neptune.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput, ...request.Option) (*neptune.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(*neptune.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) (*request.Request, *neptune.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) @@ -175,10 +181,16 @@ type NeptuneAPI interface { DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsWithContext(aws.Context, *neptune.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput, ...request.Option) (*neptune.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, error) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(*neptune.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) (*request.Request, *neptune.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) + DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsPages(*neptune.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput, func(*neptune.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, bool) bool) error + DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsPagesWithContext(aws.Context, *neptune.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput, func(*neptune.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, bool) bool, ...request.Option) error + DescribeDBClusters(*neptune.DescribeDBClustersInput) (*neptune.DescribeDBClustersOutput, error) DescribeDBClustersWithContext(aws.Context, *neptune.DescribeDBClustersInput, ...request.Option) (*neptune.DescribeDBClustersOutput, error) DescribeDBClustersRequest(*neptune.DescribeDBClustersInput) (*request.Request, *neptune.DescribeDBClustersOutput) + DescribeDBClustersPages(*neptune.DescribeDBClustersInput, func(*neptune.DescribeDBClustersOutput, bool) bool) error + DescribeDBClustersPagesWithContext(aws.Context, *neptune.DescribeDBClustersInput, func(*neptune.DescribeDBClustersOutput, bool) bool, ...request.Option) error + DescribeDBEngineVersions(*neptune.DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) (*neptune.DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, error) DescribeDBEngineVersionsWithContext(aws.Context, *neptune.DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, ...request.Option) (*neptune.DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, error) DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(*neptune.DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) (*request.Request, *neptune.DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) @@ -254,6 +266,9 @@ type NeptuneAPI interface { DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsWithContext(aws.Context, *neptune.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput, ...request.Option) (*neptune.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, error) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(*neptune.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) (*request.Request, *neptune.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) + DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsPages(*neptune.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput, func(*neptune.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, bool) bool) error + DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsPagesWithContext(aws.Context, *neptune.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput, func(*neptune.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, bool) bool, ...request.Option) error + DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications(*neptune.DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) (*neptune.DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput, error) DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsWithContext(aws.Context, *neptune.DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput, ...request.Option) (*neptune.DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput, error) DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(*neptune.DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) (*request.Request, *neptune.DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput)